Vue normale

Il y a de nouveaux articles disponibles, cliquez pour rafraîchir la page.
À partir d’avant-hierFlux principal

I went to Synology HQ and Asked About Hard Drives…

Par : Rob Andrews
2 juin 2025 à 18:00

Synology Explain WHY They Changed Drive Support and Verification in 2025 NAS

During a recent visit to Taipei for Computex 2025, I took the opportunity to visit Synology’s headquarters and speak directly with company representatives about one of the most discussed and divisive topics in the NAS community today — the company’s increasingly strict stance on hard drive compatibility. With the rollout of Synology’s latest generation of hardware, users have been met with significant limitations on the use of third-party drives, prompting concern over reduced flexibility, potential e-waste, and the future direction of Synology’s hardware ecosystem. This article provides a can overview of that visit, beginning with the HQ tour, but mainly it is about putting several big questions users have about the brand’s change in support of Seagate, WD, etc on their 2025 devices.

Four core questions — based on direct community feedback — were put forward, addressing the motivation, risks, and future implications of Synology’s current drive support policy. Each answer is presented exactly as delivered. Note, this article is not sponsored by Synology and they have no control over the editorial stance and output! For users, partners, and industry observers alike, understanding these policy shifts is essential for making informed decisions about Synology systems moving forward.

Touring the Synology Headquarters

The Synology headquarters tour took place during a coordinated visit arranged alongside the Computex 2025 trade event. Approximately 30 to 40 individuals were in attendance, a mix that included official Synology partners, resellers, independent media, and technology commentators. The tour began with a structured company overview presentation outlining Synology’s operational history, business units, and market positioning.

While much of this information was familiar to long-term observers, it served to reinforce the company providing integrated storage and data management solutions. The presentation also included a brief overview of Synology’s global distribution and the evolving structure of its enterprise product lines.

Attendees were then guided through various areas of the facility, which covered several floors within a shared building. Synology does not occupy the entire structure, but the portions shown during the tour were substantial, comprising office sections, collaborative workspaces, logistics coordination areas, and support-related operations. Notably, many desks were temporarily unoccupied due to staff presence at Computex’s Nangang Exhibition Center.

Nonetheless, the offices remained populated with active terminals and systems undergoing live testing.

A significant portion of the tour focused on the environmental and durability testing facilities, including designated zones for acoustic profiling, thermal analysis, and dust resilience. The diversity of units being tested suggested coverage across multiple device classes, including both rackmount and desktop models.

The most extensive portion of the tour was the dedicated test and burn-in area. This floor was almost entirely devoted to long-term performance and diagnostic evaluations. Numerous Synology NAS units — some dating back to the early 2010s — were in continuous operation, either running synthetic workloads or undergoing compatibility assessments with the current DSM operating system.

The presence of so many legacy devices in active testing underscored the company’s emphasis on software longevity and cross-generational hardware support. However, it also provided a contrast to Synology’s new strict verification policies, especially given the mixed hardware environments visible during testing. The tour was led by ZP Kao, Sales Director at Synology, and Chad Chiang, Regional Manager for the UK and Germany, who offered clarification and responded to several direct inquiries during the walkthrough.

Why Has Synology Changed Its HDD Support Policy? Questions and Answers

Chad Chiang | NTU Overseas Internship Program 臺大國際引水人計畫

Questions I put to Synology about their change in policy regarding verifying and supporting drive media being used on their 2025 and later series of NAS devices. I based these on the comments and suggestions from videos on the YouTube channel and comments on previous articles. I am under no illusions that these changes by Synology in their drive support policies have financial justifications (ranging from Support efficiency and it’s financial overhead, to the simple profitability of prioritizing their own labelled firmware optimized storage media choices over those of other brands), but I wanted to know if these were the only reasons for this? What other reasons could Synology provide to support this large and unpopular move. Thank you once again to Chad Chiang for taking the time to answer these questions.

Note – for a better understanding of the current DSM Support of Unverified media, as well as test scenarios detailing each setup and how DSM handles it, you can read it HERE in my Test Article.

How has the verification process changed for which drives you can use on Synology systems moving forward? And are there drive options from WD and Seagate currently undergoing support verification?

Answer – At Synology, we constantly reflect on a core question: Why do people choose a NAS? We believe the answer lies in the need for secure, reliable, and hassle-free data storage. This belief has guided our mission for over a decade. When analyzing our support history, the data clearly shows that systems using Synology-branded drives experience 40% fewer issues compared to those with third-party HDDs. This insight underscores the importance of using thoroughly tested drives. As for which third-party vendors are currently undergoing drive verification, we’re unable to disclose details. For the most accurate and up-to-date information, we recommend reaching out directly to the respective manufacturers.

The response positions Synology’s verification changes as a reliability-focused initiative and smooth platform running as the chief reasoning for them, referencing internal data that suggests a 40% reduction in support issues when Synology-branded drives are used. However, as mentioned previously, the statement does not provide supporting metrics such as sample size, timeframes, or specific failure modes, making it difficult to assess the scope or significance of this claim. I do not doubt that it is true, but without the X/Y and details of how this result was achieved, we are only getting half the story here.  The policy shift is framed as a precautionary measure aimed at minimizing user disruption, but the absence of transparency regarding ongoing verifications with WD or Seagate limits clarity for users seeking alternatives – which is why users are seeing this more as a means for the brand to increase profitability in the 2025 series as a bundled utility purchase – not as a means of system stability.

Ultimately, discussing the technical standards or benchmarks involved in the verification process in paramount here. It largely confirms that responsibility for future third-party compatibility lies with the drive manufacturers themselves, effectively shifting the onus of transparency to them. While it is understandable that Synology might want to mitigate support complexity, the lack of specificity about how the verification criteria have evolved or what steps vendors must follow leaves key questions unanswered for both users and third-party storage providers. I reached out to representatives from Seagate and WD to see if they could elaborate further on this new media side verification process with their respective NAS/Server class media – neither was able to provide further details at this time.

UPDATED 07-05-25 = Added Unverified HDD and SSD (Migrated) Storage Pool RAID Repair, RAID POOL Expansion and Hot Spare Tests. Right now, the following is what works and what does not (between pre-2025 Series and the 2025 Series that is releasing now):

Feature / Function Pre-2025 Synology NAS<br>(e.g., DS1821+, DS920+, DS923+) 2025 Synology NAS<br>(e.g., DS1825+, DS925+, DS1525+)
DSM Installation – Verified Drives ✅ Full support ✅ Full support
DSM Installation – Non-Verified Drives ✅ Allowed (with warnings) ❌ Blocked completely
Drive Migration (Non-Verified Drives) ✅ Fully functional, minor alerts ✅ Works, but shows persistent warnings
Storage Pool Creation – Verified Drives ✅ Fully supported ✅ Fully supported
Storage Pool Creation – Non-Verified Drives ✅ Allowed (with warnings) ❌ Blocked
Storage Pool Expansion – Verified Drives ✅ Fully supported ✅ Fully supported
Storage Pool Expansion – Non-Verified Drives ✅ Allowed (mixed arrays supported) ❌ Blocked – drives flagged as incompatible
Hot Spare Assignment – Verified Drives ✅ Fully supported ✅ Fully supported
Hot Spare Assignment – Non-Verified Drives ✅ Allowed ❌ Blocked
RAID Recovery – Verified Drives ✅ Supported ✅ Supported
RAID Recovery – Non-Verified Drives ✅ Supported ❌ Blocked – system will not rebuild with unverified media
M.2 NVMe Cache – Synology SSDs ✅ Supported ✅ Supported
M.2 NVMe Cache – 3rd Party SSDs ✅ Supported ❌ Blocked
M.2 NVMe Storage Pools – Synology SSDs ❌ Not supported ✅ Supported
M.2 NVMe Storage Pools – 3rd Party SSDs ❌ Not supported ❌ Blocked
SMART Monitoring – Verified Drives ✅ Full support ✅ Full support
SMART Monitoring – Non-Verified Drives ✅ Full support ⚠ Limited or blocked (TBC)
Storage Manager Alerts – Non-Verified Drives ⚠ Warnings, dismissible 🔴 Persistent, cannot be cleared
Overall Compatibility Flexibility ✅ High – mix-and-match drives allowed ❌ Low – walled-garden enforcement

Users are able to migrate existing storage arrays that feature Unverified/unsupported drive media in previous Synology systems into 2025 Plus series devices and still use DSM services – however once they do so, they are unable to use the same model ID of drives to perform RAID recovery, RAID expansion or introduced a hot spare, unless that drive is on the verified drive list. Why is this?

Answer- Advanced operations such as RAID recovery, expansion, or hot spare assignment are technically intensive and carry a higher risk of data loss if inconsistencies arise. Drives that haven’t been validated through Synology’s verification process may behave unpredictably under stress, impacting array stability or performance. For this reason, support for these functions is limited to verified drives—a precaution designed to safeguard user data and maintain long-term system reliability.

So, this answer outlines Synology’s rationale for restricting critical RAID operations on unverified drives and It emphasizes the increased risk associated with advanced storage operations, particularly when performed on drives that may not have been tested under stress or fault conditions. The justification focuses on data integrity and system reliability, suggesting that verified drives have undergone stress testing scenarios that others have not. However, the lack of granularity in what defines “unpredictable behavior” makes it difficult to independently evaluate the severity or frequency of these issues. Much like the statistics point earlier, this seems a remarkable stretch in terms of reaction to what many users would consider a very, very low % risk factor. Equally, though there is an argument that some drive media is less suitable for NAS usage (eg the WD Red SMR drives, desktop single drive use media like Seagate Barracuda and high power draw HDDs/SSDs in some cases), these make up a very small % of drive media in the market and using this as a reasoning to effectively bar the continued support of drive media that has been supported/used in Synology server use over the last 2 decades to prevent RAID recovery and Expansion in the latest gen for those carrying them over seems insane overkill.

The policy effectively limits upgradability and flexibility in mixed-drive environments. While it is technically reasonable to restrict risky operations on unvalidated components, the ability to migrate but not expand or rebuild a RAID introduces a half-measure — allowing users to enter unsupported configurations while restricting them mid-cycle. The result is a system state that may appear functional at first but ultimately lacks key functionality unless users conform to the verified list. For long-term users upgrading from older systems, this shift can lead to unexpected limitations without adequate warning, particularly in small or home office deployments. The messaging has been poor and though I made a video about these limitations (embedded above), there is practically no other clear and transparent information about this online (with incongruous detailson the Synology Knowledge base that could stand to be a lot clearer and louder).

HOT TAKE, and hear me out – If Synology do not allow support of RAID repair/Expansion on drives that have been migrated over from older NAS systems where the drives WERE originally supported (unless they use 2025 verified drives) because of reasons of stability, I have a somewhat extreme suggestion. As unpopular as it might have been, Synology should have just BARRED the support of migration from older generation Synology NAS devices with unverified drives entirely. I personally think they should have allowed for RAID repair/Expansion of unverified drives, but if they are going to pursue this for reasons of system stability, they should have committed to this fully and not allowed this grey area with migration. As it just looks bad for the brand, as means of ensuring people can upgrade/remain in the ecosystem, but then have limited scalability when those older drives require replacement/growth.


Were pre-populated Synology NAS devices considered, given the strict verified support stance that this new Synology hardware generation contains?

Answer – Regarding pre-populated NAS solutions, there hasn’t been significant internal discussion or a formal strategy around this model. As such, I don’t have a concrete answer at this time. The focus remains on ensuring that any storage media used—whether user-installed or bundled—is fully verified to meet Synology’s reliability standards.

Not much to unpack here. It makes sense. I imagine they DID discuss this as an option (as they are already engaging with this with systems like the Beestation), but at least for now, it seems off the table. As unpopular as this might have been, in some ways it could have solved a lot of this friction for some users. Provide the 2025 PLUS series as an empty/enclosure-only solution with similar compatibility as the 2024 and earlier generation – but then also supply several pre-populated options that feature Synology drive media as standard. However, that would be a different discussion entirely (eg logistics, SKUs, viability, ROI by offering this alongside flexible options).


Can you provide example(s) of critical system issues that using unverified drives caused, that were the tipping point for this new strict HDD support policy?

Examples of what stepped up our verification process moving forward:

Performance Issues: Unverified drives may function under light workloads but can suffer serious performance drops (e.g., IOPS decline) under multi-user access or when running demanding services like virtualization, backup, or databases. This can lead to poor user experience or service disruptions (e.g., iSCSI timeouts).

Stability Risks: Without thorough testing, unverified drives are more prone to failures under stress conditions such as unexpected power loss or long-duration file transfers—leading to timeouts, reboot failures, or data integrity issues in high-load or long-term operations.

Compatibility Problems: Drives not validated for compatibility may show unstable behavior with certain NAS controllers, resulting in drive drops, RAID instability, or data access interruptions over time.

Advanced Feature Failures: Unverified drives may fail during operations like SMART testing or Secure Erase, especially after unexpected power outages. Some drives may not respond properly under frequent access or specific command sets, affecting system stability.

Drive Failures Under High Load or Density: Some drives may become unresponsive under high data density or I/O intensity, with issues persisting even after a reset.

The examples provided by Synology highlight a variety of operational issues associated with unverified drives, most of which relate to performance degradation, system instability, or failure of advanced features under stress. These scenarios focus on workloads involving sustained I/O, power fluctuations, and controller-level interactions. In isolation, many of the issues described are plausible for lower-tier or unsuitable drive models, particularly in demanding or enterprise-like environments. That said, that are very low margins (eg 0.01% or lower) when you look at the traditional deployment of many Synology NAS solution in the Plus series. Again though, the scale and frequency of these issues remain unclear. There is no indication of how widespread such failures are across Synology’s user base, nor whether they represent rare edge cases or common occurrences. The examples also apply more logically to enterprise or high-density configurations, whereas the same strict policies now affect all tiers — including two-bay and four-bay systems used by home and prosumer users. Without concrete statistics or clearer thresholds, it is difficult to assess whether these issues justify the breadth of the policy. The policy appears to target potential worst-case scenarios, but may have broader consequences for user flexibility than the risk profile necessarily warrants.

Additional Information and Details from the MyBroadband Article

Data is at the heart of every industry's transformation, and this is where Synology has a profoundly important role to play”: Michael Chang - Express Computer

Further context on Synology’s new drive compatibility policy was provided in an interview between MyBroadband journalist Daniel Puchert (click to read) and Michael Chang, Synology’s Regional Sales Manager. The discussion reinforced many of the points raised during the HQ visit, while also offering additional information into the motivations behind Synology’s stricter approach to drive support in their latest generation of NAS systems. Chang explained that Synology’s primary objective was to ensure product reliability and reduce system-level faults that were increasingly traced back to third-party hard drives. According to Chang, complaints received by Synology often involved third-party drive issues, yet Synology would still be held accountable by users due to their role as the NAS provider. This prompted the company to centralize responsibility and tighten control over supported hardware configurations. While Synology-branded drives are currently the only models certified, Chang noted that other vendors are being invited to participate in the compatibility validation program — provided they meet the same testing standards.

(In the case of the NAS drives) “..because Synology’s product would typically facilitate the usage of third-party hard drives, it would also be the scapegoat for any faults with the entire system.”

“..complaints received by Synology regarding issues relating to its NAS devices were most often caused by faulty hard drives.

“severe storage anomalies have decreased by up to 88%” for hard drive models that have adopted its hard drive compatibility policy, compared to older models.”

“We still welcome third parties to join Synology’s ecosystem and have invited vendors to join our validation program,”

Michael Chang, Synology Regional Sales Manager – full article HERE

The article also mentioned that Synology-certified drives undergo over 7,000 hours of testing, and systems using those drives reportedly experience 40% fewer failures than those using uncertified media. Additionally, Synology claims that severe storage anomalies have dropped by up to 88% in systems following its compatibility policy. Although Chang confirmed that third-party compatibility may expand in the future, it will only do so under strict adherence to Synology’s internal benchmarks. These statements align with Synology’s position during the HQ tour, further emphasizing a shift toward a closed, highly controlled ecosystem that prioritizes consistent performance over hardware flexibility.

Synology and HDD Support and Verification – Conclusion and the Long Term

My biggest issue with all this is that, almost certainly, we are going to see Seagate, WD, Toshiba and more slow (slooooooooowly) appear on the compatibility lists for a number of the 2025 generation of devices over the coming months. So, what was all this for? The PR damage and likely early sales damage of the Synolgoy 2025 Series because of this change of support I would estimate is going to be pretty substantial – and all the reports and reactions to this online are not going to go away as soon as a Seagate Ironwolf or WD Red drive appears on the support lists. Also, Synology work on these devices for a very, very long time before launch – why is all this happening now – and not before launch. The cynic in me wants to just assume it was pure profitability and that Synology want to maximize profits, and if when this does begin to U-Trun ,that the brand can say that it was the plan all along. But whether that is true or not, the damage to the brand in the eyes of a substantial % of their long term fans is notable, and with many more players in the market (UniFi, QNAP, UGREEN and more) launching new products in Q3 and Q4 – is this all going to be a gamble by the brand that ends up costing them more than just leaving the support status quo where it was? Only time will tell.

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 
Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you. Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which is used to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H. You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks! To find out more about how to support this advice service check HERE   If you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver   Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
     

Synology vs QNAP in 2025

Par : Rob Andrews
30 mai 2025 à 11:30

Synology vs QNAP NAS – Which Should You Buy in 2025?

When choosing a NAS solution in 2025, two brands dominate the conversation: Synology and QNAP. These Taiwan-based companies have evolved their offerings significantly over the years, adapting to changing user needs in backup, multimedia, virtualization, and enterprise storage. Synology, with a strong emphasis on software polish and ecosystem integration, continues to appeal to users who prioritize stability and consistency. QNAP, by contrast, leans into offering higher-spec hardware, customization, and flexibility, targeting tech-savvy users who want granular control over their system. This article explores how the two compare across hardware, storage capabilities, software platforms, security, pricing, and overall value. Both Synology and QNAP share a lot of baseline features: multi-platform support across Windows, Mac, and Linux; mobile apps for Android and iOS; web-based GUIs; encryption; multi-user access; and strong community ecosystems. Yet important distinctions emerge as you look deeper. These differences often boil down to Synology delivering a more consistent, “appliance-like” experience, while QNAP offers broader hardware choices and wider compatibility. Neither brand is universally better, but each fits different user priorities. Let’s break down how Synology and QNAP stack up in detail for 2025.

Synology vs QNAP NAS – Hardware Comparison

In terms of hardware variety and specification, QNAP clearly maintains an advantage in 2025. QNAP offers a wider range of NAS models across every price tier, providing more options for users looking for features like 2.5GbE or 10GbE ports, Thunderbolt connectivity, PCIe expandability, and support for AI or GPU cards. Many QNAP systems at even mid-tier levels offer multi-core CPUs, 2.5GbE as a minimum, and M.2 NVMe slots for caching or storage pools. Synology, while offering a hardware range from ARM-based entry units to Xeon-powered enterprise models, typically emphasizes efficiency and stability over raw horsepower, often shipping systems with lower-core-count processors and 1GbE networking by default.

Hardware Feature Synology QNAP
M.2 NVMe SSD Slots
Dedicated Flash/SSD NAS Systems ✓ (Only in Rackmount)
PCIe Expansion Slots
10GbE / 25GbE Network Support
Thunderbolt Connectivity
Dual-Controller NAS Models
Support for SAS Drives
ZFS File System Support
Btrfs File System Support
Flexible/Hybrid RAID ✓ (SHR) ✓ (QTier)
HDMI Output for Direct Media Playback
Tool-less Drive Installation
Integrated GPU for Media Transcoding ✓ (only on the low tier PLUS range)
External GPU Support (PCIe GPU Expansion)
U.2 NVMe SSD Support
Redundant Power Supply Options
High-Capacity Scalability (Over 1PB)
Dedicated Out-of-Band Management (IPMI/iKVM)
USB 4.0 Ports
2.5GbE ✓ (But only on x25 Models)
5GbE LAN Support
Thunderbolt-to-Ethernet Bridging
M.2 NVMe Storage Pool Creation (only on new models) ✓
Hot-Swappable Drives
AI Accelerator Card Support (TPU/NPU cards)
Edge AI/Surveillance AI Built-in Modules (only DVA series) ✓

However, Synology’s hardware strategy is tightly coupled to its software-first philosophy. Devices are designed to maximize compatibility, power efficiency, and seamless operation with DSM. Some newer 2025 Synology models do offer improvements — such as M.2 NVMe storage pools and optional 10GbE upgrades — but their pace remains slower compared to QNAP’s frequent hardware refresh cycles. For users whose priority is high performance, customization, or bleeding-edge hardware, QNAP offers far more compelling options. For those seeking low-power, quiet, turnkey systems, Synology still provides highly reliable appliances.

Synology vs QNAP NAS – Storage Services and Scalability 

Storage capabilities represent a growing area of divergence. Synology’s storage ecosystem emphasizes stability and data integrity through Btrfs file systems, SHR (Synology Hybrid RAID), fast RAID rebuilds, and snapshot technology. However, Synology has dramatically tightened its drive compatibility rules from 2025 onwards, particularly in the Plus series and higher, limiting users to certified Synology drives for initialization. This hardline approach restricts flexibility, as users cannot freely install third-party HDDs or SSDs. Meanwhile, users still benefit from technologies like SHR, making mixed-drive RAID arrays easier to manage, though concerns remain about SHR’s future viability under Synology’s evolving drive policies.

  SERVICE SYNOLOGY QNAP Notes
File Services SMB, AFP, NFS ✅ ✅ Cross-platform sharing
WebDAV ✅ ✅ Remote access
FTP/FTPS ✅ ✅ Standard protocols
Rsync/Remote Sync ✅ ✅ Sync across systems
RAID & Storage Basic, JBOD, RAID 0/1/5/6/10 ✅ ✅ Core RAID support
SHR (Hybrid RAID) ✅ ❌ Synology-exclusive
Qtier Auto-Tiering ❌ ✅ QNAP-exclusive SSD/HDD tiering
ZFS Support ❌ (DSM 7.2+ select models) ✅ (QuTS hero) Synology uses Btrfs more widely
Storage Pools ✅ ✅ Pool-based management
Thin Provisioning ✅ ✅ On supported file systems
Storage Snapshots ✅ (Btrfs-based) ✅ (ZFS/ext4-based) Both support snapshot schedules
Inline Deduplication ✅ (Btrfs) ✅ (ZFS) Both support dedup, method differs
SSD Cache (Read/Write) ✅ ✅ Model-dependent
Encryption (AES-256) ✅ ✅ Volume/folder-level encryption
Backup & Sync Hyper Backup / HBS3 ✅ (Hyper Backup) ✅ (Hybrid Backup Sync 3) Functionally equivalent
Active Backup for Business ✅ ❌ Enterprise-grade backup (free)
Snapshot Replication ✅ ✅ Data versioning support
Cloud Sync ✅ ✅ Multi-cloud sync integration

QNAP’s storage flexibility is far greater. Users can utilize almost any NAS-rated or server-class drive from vendors like Seagate, Toshiba, and WD, without vendor lock-in. Beyond standard RAID levels, QNAP offers Qtier for intelligent auto-tiering between SSDs and HDDs and supports ZFS through its QuTS hero operating system. ZFS integration introduces enterprise-grade features such as inline deduplication, compression, triple-parity RAID options, and even faster rebuilds. Expansion is another strong suit for QNAP, with broad support for external expansion enclosures over USB and PCIe, while Synology supports far fewer expansion units. In short, QNAP offers a more powerful, flexible storage environment but demands more technical knowledge to manage effectively.

Synology DSM vs QNAP QTS/QuTS  – Software Compared

Synology’s DSM (DiskStation Manager) remains the benchmark for NAS operating systems in terms of polish, consistency, and ease of use. Its streamlined UI, consistent app design, and stable system management tools make it highly user-friendly. DSM’s integration with Synology Drive, Hyper Backup, Active Backup for Business, and its Office suite provide turnkey productivity and backup solutions. However, Synology is moving increasingly toward a closed ecosystem, prioritizing first-party apps and services over broader third-party integration. Applications like Surveillance Station remain best-in-class, but recent trends — such as discontinuing Video Station — indicate Synology’s increasing control over its ecosystem.

Category Feature Synology QNAP Notes
Core OS OS DSM (DiskStation Manager) QTS / QuTS hero QuTS hero is ZFS-based
Web GUI Dashboard ✅ ✅ Both have polished interfaces
Mobile Apps ✅ ✅ DS apps (Synology), Qfile/Qmanager (QNAP)
Virtualization & Containers Docker Support ✅ ✅ QNAP supports LXC too
Virtual Machines ✅ (VMM) ✅ (Virtualization Station) QNAP offers GPU passthrough
GPU Passthrough ❌ (limited) ✅ QNAP supports more virtualization use cases
AI / Surveillance Surveillance Station ✅ ✅ (QVR Pro/Elite) QNAP includes more free camera licenses
AI Facial Recognition ✅ (DVA series) ✅ (QVR Face Tiger) Hardware-dependent
Smart Object Detection ✅ ✅ Both support this in premium models
Media Services Plex Media Server ✅ ✅ Supported by both
DLNA/UPnP Streaming ✅ ✅ Basic media server support
Video Transcoding (HW Acceleration) ✅ (some models) ✅ (broader support) QNAP supports external GPUs
Audio Station / Music Station ✅ ✅ Web/mobile access to music
Cloud & Remote Access QuickConnect / myQNAPcloud ✅ (QuickConnect) ✅ (myQNAPcloud) Brand-specific DDNS/remote access services
HybridShare / HybridMount ✅ (HybridShare) ✅ (HybridMount) Mount cloud storage as local; brand equivalent
Productivity & Apps Synology Office (Docs, Sheets, Slides) ✅ ❌ Google Docs-like suite for Synology only
Notes / Tasks / Calendar ✅ ✅ Productivity tools
Mail Server & Chat ✅ ✅ Business collaboration tools
App Ecosystem App Center ✅ ✅ QNAP has a broader variety
Package Manager CLI ✅ (synopkg) ✅ (qpkg) Command-line support for installs

QNAP’s QTS and QuTS hero systems offer greater flexibility and third-party support at the cost of consistency. Users can deploy a much wider range of apps, including those for AI recognition, media streaming, and backup tasks, often with deeper customization options. QNAP’s app ecosystem embraces both QNAP-native and third-party applications, with tools like HybridMount and Hybrid Backup Sync offering robust cloud and backup integrations.

However, design inconsistencies and a more complex setup process make QNAP platforms better suited to technically proficient users. QNAP systems offer more functionality out of the box but can feel less cohesive than Synology’s more curated environment.

Synology vs QNAP NAS – Security 

Synology continues to lead in NAS security in 2025. The company’s multi-layered approach — including an in-house Security Response Team, bug bounty programs, pen-testing partnerships, and rapid patching policies — maintains its reputation as one of the most secure NAS ecosystems. Security Advisor, SSL certificate management, encrypted folders, and proactive system audits are standard across DSM systems. Remote access via QuickConnect is tightly controlled to minimize exposure. This emphasis on hardening and responding quickly to vulnerabilities makes Synology a strong choice for users prioritizing security with minimal manual intervention.

Service Synology QNAP Notes
Security & Access 2FA (Two-Factor Authentication) ✅ ✅ User-level protection
VPN Server (OpenVPN, L2TP, PPTP) ✅ ✅ Standard features
Firewall + IP Blocking ✅ ✅ Security policy management
SSL Certificate Management ✅ ✅ Let’s Encrypt, custom certs
Security Advisor ✅ ✅ Built-in vulnerability scanner

QNAP has made substantial strides in recent years to bolster its security posture, responding to earlier criticisms following ransomware incidents. The introduction of its own PSIRT team, participation in Pwn2Own, and improvements to myQNAPcloud services represent real progress. However, QNAP’s security tools, like Security Counselor, often need to be manually installed and configured. While they now offer multi-factor authentication and SSL options, the user experience around setting up and maintaining a secure environment still lags slightly behind Synology. Power users comfortable with managing network-level protections can achieve strong security on QNAP, but casual users may find Synology’s default setup safer out of the box.

Synology vs QNAP NAS – Price Point and Value 

QNAP consistently offers better raw hardware value for the price across its product range. A mid-tier QNAP NAS typically features higher-core CPUs, 2.5GbE or 10GbE networking, and expandability features like PCIe slots and multiple M.2 NVMe slots — features that, with Synology, are only available at much higher price points.

Additionally, QNAP’s lack of strict HDD compatibility listing (as currently the case for the Synology 2025 series, at the time of writing) and broader compatibility with storage and memory components can significantly reduce the total cost of ownership for DIY-minded users. Synology’s pricing, while generally higher, reflects its software development investment and the overall polish of its systems.

Buyers are paying for a more turnkey experience, better documentation, and consistent performance across the board. Moreover, Synology’s inclusion of powerful free tools like Active Backup for Business and Synology Drive adds enterprise-grade features without additional licensing costs, which in some cases offsets the hardware premium. Nonetheless, for users whose priority is maximum hardware performance and component freedom, QNAP usually offers a stronger return on investment.

Synology vs QNAP NAS – Conclusion and Verdict 

Choosing between Synology and QNAP in 2025 depends largely on user priorities. Synology remains the best choice for users seeking a polished, consistent, stable, and secure NAS experience. Its streamlined DSM platform, reliable first-party apps, and strong support infrastructure make it ideal for small businesses, prosumers, and general users who want a “set it and forget it” solution. However, Synology’s movement toward hardware and software lock-in may be off-putting to users who value flexibility or those unwilling to buy only Synology-branded components. QNAP, by contrast, excels in offering more powerful hardware, greater configuration freedom, and broader third-party app support. Users who want to customize, expand, virtualize, and maximize their system’s capabilities — and who are comfortable managing more complex setups — will find QNAP to be the more empowering platform. While its software consistency and security history lag slightly behind Synology, the gap has narrowed considerably. Ultimately, Synology is the stronger pick for users valuing simplicity and long-term stability, while QNAP offers more opportunities for those willing to trade simplicity for flexibility and raw performance.

NAS Solutions

NAS Solutions

+ Better Software (In almost every respect!)

+ Much Better Global Support Presence

+ More business desirable

+ Larger Range of solutions

– Compatibility restrictions on HDD and Upgrades More and more

– Underwhelming hardware (comparatively)

+ Better Hardware for Price

+ Wider Variety of Solutions and Hardware Profiles

+ Supports ZFS and/or EXT4 (with ZFS platform now available on latest Intel Celeron Systems)

+ Wide accessory range and compatibility

– Software can often feel inconsistent

– Hit by Security Issues if the past

Check Amazon By Clicking Below:

Check Amazon By Clicking Below:

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Zimaboard 2 Review

Par : Rob Andrews
16 mai 2025 à 18:00

The Zimaboard 2 Single Board Server Review – The Best Yet?

In an increasingly saturated market of single-board computers and compact servers, the ZimaBoard 2 arrives with a clear goal: to offer an affordable, x86-powered, DIY-friendly alternative that bridges the gap between embedded systems and full-blown home servers. Developed by IceWhale, a brand that has already seen crowdfunding success with products like the original ZimaBoard, ZimaBlade, and ZimaCube, the ZimaBoard 2 aims to refine the company’s mission of delivering low-power, highly customizable devices for tinkerers, creators, and homelab enthusiasts. At its core, the ZimaBoard 2 is designed for users who want flexibility without complexity—whether that’s spinning up a lightweight virtualization platform, building a smart home hub, deploying a personal cloud, or running a local media server with minimal noise and energy consumption.

Unlike consumer-grade NAS systems or ARM-based boards, ZimaBoard 2 taps into the x86 ecosystem, offering broader OS compatibility and performance benefits while maintaining a compact, passively cooled footprint. This review explores the hardware, thermal and network performance, and software environment of the ZimaBoard 2, evaluating where it fits in the broader landscape of edge computing and personal infrastructure. As with previous IceWhale launches, this unit is being released initially through crowdfunding—a factor that calls for cautious optimism. Still, with a track record of fulfilling past campaigns, IceWhale appears confident in ZimaBoard 2’s readiness. Whether that confidence is justified, and whether the board truly earns its place in a crowded DIY server landscape, is what we’ll determine over the course of this review.

Zimaboard 2 Review – Quick Conclusion

The ZimaBoard 2 is a compact, x86-based single board server that strikes a balance between flexibility, efficiency, and affordability. It offers solid performance for its size, thanks to an Intel N150 processor, dual 2.5GbE ports, and a PCIe 3.0 x4 slot for meaningful expansion, making it suitable for tasks like media serving, light virtualization, and home automation. However, limitations such as non-upgradable 8GB RAM, slow onboard eMMC storage, and reliance on passive cooling require careful consideration for more demanding workloads. ZimaOS provides a user-friendly starting point with Docker support and basic file management, though advanced users may prefer to install alternative operating systems. Overall, the ZimaBoard 2 is a capable and well-engineered device for DIY server enthusiasts who understand its constraints and plan their use case accordingly

BUILD QUALITY - 10/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 10/10


9.0
PROS
👍🏻x86 Architecture – Compatible with a wide range of operating systems including ZimaOS, Unraid, TrueNAS SCALE, and Proxmox.
👍🏻Dual 2.5GbE LAN Ports – Offers strong networking capabilities for multi-service workloads and gateway setups.
👍🏻PCIe 3.0 x4 Slot – Enables high-speed expansion for 10GbE NICs, NVMe storage, or combo cards.
👍🏻Fanless, Silent Operation – Completely passively cooled, ideal for home or quiet office environments.
👍🏻Compact and Durable Build – Small footprint with an all-metal chassis that doubles as a heatsink.
👍🏻ZimaOS Included – User-friendly OS with a Docker-based App Store and basic VM tools, ready out of the box.
👍🏻Flexible Storage Options – Dual SATA ports plus USB 3.1 support for connecting SSDs, HDDs, or external drives.
👍🏻Low Power Consumption – Efficient 6W CPU with ~10W idle and ~40W max under heavy load scenarios.
CONS
👎🏻Non-Upgradable RAM – 8GB of soldered LPDDR5x limits long-term scalability for memory-intensive tasks.
👎🏻Slow/Small Default Internal Storage – 32GB eMMC is convenient but underperforms for OS-level responsiveness or high I/O workloads.
👎🏻Thermal Headroom is Limited – Passive cooling alone may not be sufficient in closed environments or under sustained load without added airflow.
👎🏻Not Launching on Traditional Retail, but instead on Crowdfunding.

NOTE – You can visit the Zimaboard 2 Crowdfunding Page (live from 10:30AM ET 22nd April 2025) by clicking the banner below. The entry price for early backers is $169, but that will revert to $179 (and $239 for a scaled-up storage and memory version). I DO NOT receive any kind of affiliate commission or sponsorship for this review (and this review, like all reviews at NASCompares, was done without the brand in question’s interference or input). You can use the link HERE to see the campaign for yourself and/or click the banner below:

Zimaboard 2 Review – Design and Hardware

The physical build of the ZimaBoard 2 continues IceWhale’s trend of delivering thoughtfully designed hardware. The full aluminum enclosure gives the board a sturdy, premium feel, while also serving as its main cooling surface. Every port is clearly labeled, and the board layout is practical and accessible.

Component Details
Processor Intel® N150 (4 cores, 6MB cache, up to 3.6GHz)
Memory 8GB LPDDR5x @ 4800MHz (soldered, non-upgradable)
Internal Storage 32GB eMMC (soldered)
LAN 2 x 2.5GbE Ethernet ports (Intel chipset)
Storage Interfaces 2 x SATA 3.0 (6Gb/s) with power
USB Ports 2 x USB 3.1
Display Output 1 x Mini DisplayPort 1.2 (up to 4K @ 60Hz)
PCIe Expansion 1 x PCIe 3.0 x4
Cooling Passive cooling (full metal heatsink enclosure)
Graphics Features Integrated graphics (up to 1GHz), Intel® Quick Sync Video
Virtualization Support Intel VT-x, VT-d, AES-NI
Power Supply 12V / 3A DC input
TDP 6W
Dimensions 140mm x 81.4mm x 31mm

The PCIe slot includes a pre-cut section to accommodate longer cards, allowing for flexibility even in this small form factor. IceWhale also includes eco-friendly packaging, a detail that reflects both brand identity and attention to user experience. A cardboard insert allows users to hold the board upright alongside drives, useful for initial setup before a case is selected.

Optional accessories like a SATA adapter board with combined data/power connectors and third-party-compatible drive cages help complete the DIY experience. However, there are some practical limitations to consider: the soldered RAM means users must carefully plan for memory demands, and the internal storage, while functional, will not satisfy users looking for fast OS performance.

At the core of the ZimaBoard 2 is the Intel N150 processor, part of Intel’s Twin Lake architecture, offering four cores with a base clock that boosts up to 3.6GHz. This chip represents a significant step forward compared to the Celeron N3450 used in the original ZimaBoard, delivering better single-thread and multi-thread performance while maintaining a low 6W TDP.

Complementing the CPU is 8GB of LPDDR5x memory clocked at 4800MHz. While the use of fast memory is a welcome improvement, the limitation lies in its soldered nature—users cannot expand beyond this capacity.

This decision may be acceptable for light workloads such as running a Plex server, Docker containers, or Home Assistant, but it could become a bottleneck for users planning to run multiple VMs or resource-heavy services. The N150 CPU does support hardware virtualization and Intel AES-NI, which is essential for tasks like encrypted storage or virtual machine deployment.

In testing scenarios, the CPU delivered solid performance across typical tasks, and managed to keep up during multi-tasked environments with multiple services active. However, users with ambitions for more demanding applications will need to balance those expectations against the non-upgradable memory ceiling.

ZimaBoard 2 comes with 32GB of onboard eMMC storage, a choice that is both practical and limiting. This eMMC module is soldered to the board and is intended to house ZimaOS out of the box, giving users a ready-to-use system upon first boot. While this inclusion lowers the barrier to entry and simplifies setup for beginners, it presents performance limitations and a lack of flexibility. In testing, write speeds hovered around 35MB/s during mixed I/O operations, which is noticeably slow for tasks that involve frequent read/write cycles.

Moreover, should a user opt to install a different OS—such as TrueNAS SCALE, Proxmox, or Unraid—they would either overwrite the bundled ZimaOS or need to boot from an external USB or PCIe-based drive. Since the internal storage is neither M.2 nor socketed, it lacks the speed and modularity enthusiasts often seek in modern setups. As a result, users planning to use ZimaBoard 2 as a primary virtualization or storage server are better off supplementing it with faster storage via USB 3.1, SATA, or the PCIe slot for booting alternative OS environments. This caveat underscores a recurring theme with ZimaBoard 2: it’s well-positioned for entry-level use but requires external upgrades for more ambitious workflows.

One of the ZimaBoard 2’s most compelling features is its inclusion of two SATA 3.0 ports alongside a full PCIe 3.0 x4 slot. This greatly expands the device’s potential beyond typical SBCs, offering users a reliable way to build custom NAS setups, integrate high-speed NVMe storage, or even install networking and accelerator cards. During testing, a Synology combo card featuring two M.2 NVMe slots and a 10GbE Ethernet port was installed in the PCIe slot. The board successfully recognized all interfaces, demonstrating full PCIe compatibility and allowing throughput measurements to confirm the system could push high-bandwidth traffic.

With up to 4GB/s of bandwidth over PCIe, users can install expansion cards for fast storage, additional networking, or even compute offloading—although the small form factor means thermal and power considerations become important quickly. The SATA ports, while standard in speed, proved perfectly functional for connecting 2.5″ SSDs or traditional HDDs. IceWhale’s own accessories, like SATA power adapters and drive cages, help streamline this process, though third-party solutions work just as well.

For users aiming to transform this board into a flexible micro-server, this PCIe slot is a gateway to many possibilities and a key reason ZimaBoard 2 stands out in its category.

In terms of networking, the ZimaBoard 2 comes equipped with two 2.5GbE Ethernet ports, both powered by Intel chipsets—a choice that emphasizes reliability and driver compatibility across various operating systems. These ports are more than just a checkbox feature; they performed reliably under load and achieved full link saturation during file transfer tests and when used in conjunction with PCIe expansion.

In more advanced setups, users can configure bonding or load balancing to maximize throughput or redundancy. Additionally, there are two USB 3.1 ports for attaching external drives, peripherals, or USB-bootable OS images.

The inclusion of a Mini DisplayPort 1.2 allows for 4K video output at 60Hz, which is useful for users who want to use the board as a lightweight desktop or for initial OS installation and diagnostics—though it does require an adapter to convert to standard HDMI. Notably absent is built-in Wi-Fi or Bluetooth, which aligns with its target audience of wired-first home labs and embedded installations. Overall, ZimaBoard 2 offers a well-rounded set of connectivity options that exceed expectations for its size, with the dual 2.5GbE ports making it particularly attractive for networking-focused use cases like firewalls, proxies, or containerized gateways.

Thermal management on the ZimaBoard 2 is entirely passive, with the aluminum enclosure doubling as a heatsink to dissipate heat away from the CPU and other key components. This fanless approach results in completely silent operation, which is ideal for home or office environments where noise is a concern.

However, the trade-off is that the board’s temperature will steadily rise over time, especially in enclosed cases or cabinets with poor airflow. During idle operation, with minimal system load and attached drives in standby, temperatures hovered around 50°C after an hour, increasing slightly to 52–54°C over a 24-hour window.

Under heavier usage—including Plex playback, VM activity, active networking, and full PCIe slot utilization—the system remained thermally stable but showed significant heat buildup. Power consumption in these high-usage scenarios peaked at approximately 39–40W, which is quite efficient given the workload.

Still, users planning to run the board continuously under load are strongly encouraged to introduce active airflow or leave the system in a well-ventilated space. The all-metal build is a clever and minimalist solution, but it has practical limitations that users need to plan for—especially if operating in warmer environments or planning to enclose the unit in a tight chassis.

When put through real-world workloads, the ZimaBoard 2 delivered performance that largely aligned with its specs and design goals. File transfers over the onboard 2.5GbE interfaces reached full saturation in controlled conditions, proving the CPU and I/O subsystems are capable of pushing maximum throughput without significant bottlenecks. PCIe expansion further unlocked performance potential—especially with the Synology combo card, where simultaneous NVMe and 10GbE performance were tested. While NVMe read speeds reached up to 1.6GB/s, write speeds hovered around 500–700MB/s depending on traffic from the 10GbE port.

These variances are expected, given shared PCIe lanes and bandwidth contention, but overall results were respectable. Multimedia performance was also acceptable, with Plex running smoothly and able to stream and scrape metadata while supporting light VM usage concurrently.

In these scenarios, RAM utilization climbed past 50% and CPU usage approached 100%, but the board remained operational and responsive. It’s clear that ZimaBoard 2 is well-suited to low-to-moderate workloads, and can punch above its weight with strategic expansion. However, pushing it into more demanding territory—like simultaneous virtualization, AI inferencing, or high-speed file serving across multiple interfaces—will begin to test its limits.

The lack of active cooling makes thermal planning essential for any serious workload. But overall, the ZimaBoard 2 feels polished and reliable, with a design philosophy that caters well to its core audience of DIY server builders and edge compute experimenters.

Zimaboard 2 Review – Software

ZimaBoard 2 ships with ZimaOS, a custom-built operating system from IceWhale that is based on CasaOS—a lightweight, open-source platform designed for simplicity and ease of deployment. ZimaOS retains the core principles of CasaOS but adds refinements tailored to the Zima ecosystem, particularly features that emerged during development of the more powerful ZimaCube. The out-of-the-box experience is beginner-friendly, offering an intuitive web dashboard called “LaunchPad,” which centralizes access to installed applications, system controls, and file management.

ZimaOS is pre-installed on the board’s eMMC storage, enabling immediate setup without requiring users to flash a drive or download additional software. Despite the modest resources of the ZimaBoard 2, the OS performs responsively, even with several services running in parallel. The interface is clean, albeit minimalistic, focusing on usability over deep customization.

For users who are new to home servers or Docker deployments, the learning curve is surprisingly gentle. Though it lacks some of the granularity of more established platforms like OpenMediaVault or TrueNAS, it’s clear that IceWhale has designed ZimaOS to get users up and running quickly without sacrificing key functionality.

One of the more distinctive features of ZimaOS is its integrated App Store, which acts as a curated hub for Docker-based applications. Unlike traditional NAS interfaces that require command-line Docker commands or extensive Portainer configuration, ZimaOS simplifies deployment through one-click installation and automated environment setups.

Popular applications like Plex, Jellyfin, Stable Diffusion, and more are available by default, with the option to add third-party sources for broader container variety. Behind the scenes, the system leverages containerization frameworks to handle resource isolation and volume mappings, but much of this complexity is hidden from the end user.

Application setup is further eased by pre-configured defaults such as port assignments, directory structures, and even PUID/PGID settings, reducing friction for non-technical users. For those with more experience, ZimaOS still allows you to tweak or override these settings manually. Notably, ZimaOS also includes a basic virtualization interface that supports downloading and running lightweight VMs using prebuilt images.

While this feature is better suited to the higher-specced ZimaCube due to memory and cooling constraints, its presence on the ZimaBoard 2 is still a nice touch and shows that the OS is aiming to grow into a more comprehensive platform. Overall, the application and container ecosystem here punches above its weight, especially considering the resource constraints of the board itself.

In terms of storage and file sharing, ZimaOS delivers a capable if somewhat minimal feature set that prioritizes simplicity over enterprise-style depth. Users can create RAID groups—a new feature compared to earlier CasaOS iterations—manage individual drives, and set up file-level sharing using standard protocols like SMB.

The file manager, accessible through the main dashboard, allows for browsing, copying, and sharing content in a familiar web-based interface. Integration with IceWhale’s own client tool enables a peer-to-peer feature called “peerdrop,” which links multiple Zima-based systems or client devices (like phones and laptops) for rapid syncing and data exchange.

This is especially useful for users who want an easy method to upload media, backup devices, or move files between multiple systems on a local network. Remote access can be enabled through a simple relay-based mechanism, which generates shareable links for specific files or folders, complete with read/write controls. While more advanced access control, encryption, or user quotas are not present in this build, the essentials for home or small office use are here and function as expected.

Cloud integration is also available, allowing the addition of third-party storage such as Google Drive or Dropbox for backup or syncing purposes. Though ZimaOS doesn’t try to replace full-fledged NAS operating systems in terms of depth, it successfully delivers the features most users will need, and its lightweight design ensures responsiveness even on modest hardware like the ZimaBoard 2.

Zimaboard 2 Review – Conclusion & Verdict

The ZimaBoard 2 is a competent and thoughtfully assembled single-board server that builds meaningfully on IceWhale’s earlier efforts, especially the original ZimaBoard and the ZimaBlade. Its design clearly targets users who want more flexibility and performance than traditional ARM-based boards can offer, but who also value power efficiency, silence, and a small footprint. The use of an Intel N150 CPU, 8GB of LPDDR5x memory, dual 2.5GbE ports, and a PCIe 3.0 x4 slot makes it viable for a variety of home server roles—from basic NAS and smart home coordination to lightweight container hosting and local media streaming. Features like onboard SATA, USB 3.1, and a DisplayPort connection further add to its utility. However, there are hardware limitations that may affect long-term suitability for advanced deployments. The soldered RAM cannot be upgraded, and the internal eMMC storage, while useful for initial setup, is too slow for OS-level responsiveness in more demanding use cases. Passive cooling, while appreciated for silence, also imposes some thermal limitations depending on the deployment environment.

On the software side, ZimaOS offers a decent out-of-the-box experience that caters to users with minimal technical background. It handles core tasks like application deployment, file sharing, and system monitoring without requiring advanced configuration, and its Docker-based App Store simplifies access to popular tools. For more experienced users, the system supports third-party OS installation, which is likely how many will ultimately use the ZimaBoard 2. Still, as a bundled solution, ZimaOS has matured significantly and now presents itself as a lightweight, capable, and non-intrusive platform for those who prefer to get started immediately. In the broader context of DIY server hardware, ZimaBoard 2 occupies a middle ground: more powerful and modular than Raspberry Pi-class systems, yet more constrained than full x86 mini PCs or enthusiast-grade NAS hardware. For those who understand and accept these trade-offs, and are willing to plan around its limitations, the ZimaBoard 2 offers a reliable and flexible foundation for compact, energy-efficient computing at the edge.

PROs of the Zimaboard 2 CONs of the Zimaboard 2
  • x86 Architecture – Compatible with a wide range of operating systems including ZimaOS, Unraid, TrueNAS SCALE, and Proxmox.

  • Dual 2.5GbE LAN Ports – Offers strong networking capabilities for multi-service workloads and gateway setups.

  • PCIe 3.0 x4 Slot – Enables high-speed expansion for 10GbE NICs, NVMe storage, or combo cards.

  • Fanless, Silent Operation – Completely passively cooled, ideal for home or quiet office environments.

  • Compact and Durable Build – Small footprint with an all-metal chassis that doubles as a heatsink.

  • ZimaOS Included – User-friendly OS with a Docker-based App Store and basic VM tools, ready out of the box.

  • Flexible Storage Options – Dual SATA ports plus USB 3.1 support for connecting SSDs, HDDs, or external drives.

  • Low Power Consumption – Efficient 6W CPU with ~10W idle and ~40W max under heavy load scenarios.

  • Non-Upgradable RAM – 8GB of soldered LPDDR5x limits long-term scalability for memory-intensive tasks.

  • Slow/Small Default Internal Storage – 32GB eMMC is convenient but underperforms for OS-level responsiveness or high I/O workloads.

  • Thermal Headroom is Limited – Passive cooling alone may not be sufficient in closed environments or under sustained load without added airflow.

  • Not launching on Traditional Retail, but instead on Crowdfunding.

NOTE – You can visit the Zimaboard 2 Crowdfunding Page (live from 10:30AM ET 22nd April 2025) by clicking the banner below. The entry price for early backers is $169, but that will revert to $179 (and $239 for a scaled-up storage and memory version). I DO NOT receive any kind of affiliate commission or sponsorship for this review (and this review, like all reviews at NASCompares, was done without the brand in question’s interference or input). You can use the link HERE to see the campaign for yourself and/or click the banner below:

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Synology 2025 NAS Series & 3rd Party Drive Compatibility – What Works, What Doesn’t (Right Now)

Par : Rob Andrews
5 mai 2025 à 18:00

Synology 2025 NAS Series 3rd Party Drive Compatibility Tests

UPDATED 07-05-25 = Added Unverified HDD and SSD (Migrated) Storage Pool RAID Repair, RAID POOL Expansion and Hot Spare Tests. Right now, the following is what works and what does not (between pre-2025 Series and the 2025 Series that is releasing now):

Feature / Function Pre-2025 Synology NAS<br>(e.g., DS1821+, DS920+, DS923+) 2025 Synology NAS<br>(e.g., DS1825+, DS925+, DS1525+)
DSM Installation – Verified Drives ✅ Full support ✅ Full support
DSM Installation – Non-Verified Drives ✅ Allowed (with warnings) ❌ Blocked completely
Drive Migration (Non-Verified Drives) ✅ Fully functional, minor alerts ✅ Works, but shows persistent warnings
Storage Pool Creation – Verified Drives ✅ Fully supported ✅ Fully supported
Storage Pool Creation – Non-Verified Drives ✅ Allowed (with warnings) ❌ Blocked
Storage Pool Expansion – Verified Drives ✅ Fully supported ✅ Fully supported
Storage Pool Expansion – Non-Verified Drives ✅ Allowed (mixed arrays supported) ❌ Blocked – drives flagged as incompatible
Hot Spare Assignment – Verified Drives ✅ Fully supported ✅ Fully supported
Hot Spare Assignment – Non-Verified Drives ✅ Allowed ❌ Blocked
RAID Recovery – Verified Drives ✅ Supported ✅ Supported
RAID Recovery – Non-Verified Drives ✅ Supported ❌ Blocked – system will not rebuild with unverified media
M.2 NVMe Cache – Synology SSDs ✅ Supported ✅ Supported
M.2 NVMe Cache – 3rd Party SSDs ✅ Supported ❌ Blocked
M.2 NVMe Storage Pools – Synology SSDs ❌ Not supported ✅ Supported
M.2 NVMe Storage Pools – 3rd Party SSDs ❌ Not supported ❌ Blocked
SMART Monitoring – Verified Drives ✅ Full support ✅ Full support
SMART Monitoring – Non-Verified Drives ✅ Full support ⚠ Limited or blocked (TBC)
Storage Manager Alerts – Non-Verified Drives ⚠ Warnings, dismissible 🔴 Persistent, cannot be cleared
Overall Compatibility Flexibility ✅ High – mix-and-match drives allowed ❌ Low – walled-garden enforcement

Here’s what we’ve confirmed so far in the tests as of 07/05/25:


✅ Using Synology 1st Party Drives – Everything Works as Expected

If you’re using Synology-branded HDDs or SSDs, then your experience on the DS925+ will be completely normal.

System initialization, DSM installation, storage pool creation, and all other operations work exactly as they always have, with no warnings, compatibility errors, or feature restrictions. This includes both the Plus series (e.g., HAT3300/HAT3310) and the Enterprise-class HAT5300 drives.

These drives are the only ones currently listed as fully supported on the official compatibility list for the DS925+, and this exclusive support ensures full DSM integration, performance monitoring, and system health reporting. If you’re a first-time buyer who’s starting from scratch, and you’re willing to buy fully into the Synology ecosystem, this route remains the most seamless — albeit more expensive — option.


❌ New Installations Blocked for Non-Verified Drives

As discussed in our NASCompares coverage and testing videos, attempting to initialise the DS925+ with hard drives that are not on the 2025 series compatibility list will block you from even starting DSM installation.

Below is the Synology DS925+ HDD Compatibility as of 3rd May 2025

This marks a major departure from Synology’s previous approach in DSM 7.0 and 7.1, where unsupported drives could still be used — though users would receive warnings in Storage Manager.

Below is the Synology DS923+ HDD Compatibility for comparison

Now, if you’re using unverified HDDs (such as Seagate IronWolf or WD Red Plus), the DS925+ will not proceed past the initial setup.

You’ll receive a message informing you that the drive is not compatible, and DSM cannot be installed. There’s no bypass, workaround, or “install anyway” option — and this applies even if the drives are physically identical to previously approved models.

This new and more limited approach (at least at the time of writing) raises concerns for home and business users alike who have previously relied on mixing and matching their preferred HDD brands with Synology hardware.


⚠ Drive Migration from Older Synology NAS – It Works, But Comes with Warnings

If you already own a Synology NAS and are planning to migrate your storage pool from an older system to the DS925+, you’ll be able to do so — even if your drives are no longer listed as compatible on the newer system.

DSM will recognize the array, import the configuration, and boot the system using your original DSM setup.

However, the entire system will then display a persistent series of warnings and error states, including amber and red icons in Storage Manager, drive health indicators marked “At Risk,” and compatibility warnings across the interface.

While everything technically works, the interface becomes visually and functionally “noisy.” For system integrators or IT administrators, this is especially important — your clients may perceive something is seriously wrong with the NAS even when the system is healthy.

It’s recommended to proactively inform any end users or clients about these warnings post-migration, to avoid unnecessary concern or support tickets. Synology has not yet provided a method to suppress or acknowledge these warnings permanently.


🤔 SATA SSDs Seem to Bypass the Block – But Still Carry Warnings

One of the more surprising findings in our testing was that SATA SSDs, even when not listed on the official compatibility list, were still able to initialize the DS925+ and allow DSM to be installed.

We tested this with several models, and the installation process continued normally — a stark contrast to the hard stop experienced with unverified HDDs.

However, this partial loophole comes with a catch. Once DSM is up and running, the system flags the non-verified SSDs the same way it flags migrated drives, with warnings in Storage Manager and ongoing notifications.

So while you can proceed, you’ll still be treated to that same red and amber text throughout your DSM environment. Still, for users willing to tolerate the interface alerts, this may provide an interim solution — especially for those who prefer SSDs for quiet, low-power deployments.


🛡 Expanding Existing Storage Pools with Unverified Drives is Blocked

Another key limitation to note is that you cannot expand an existing storage pool using unverified drives — even if your system was initialized using fully supported drives.

We tested this by creating a pool with Synology-approved HDDs, then attempting to add a non-Synology drive as an expansion. While the drive appeared in Storage Manager as “available,” the system refused to proceed with the expansion, citing that the drive was not verified or supported.

This strict enforcement essentially locks users into an all-or-nothing ecosystem. There’s no flexibility to upgrade later using lower-cost or readily available drives unless Synology chooses to add them to the compatibility list down the line.


🧣 M.2 NVMe Drives: No 3rd Party Support for Caching or Storage Pools

Historically, Synology has limited M.2 NVMe storage pools to their own SNV SSDs, but allowed third-party drives for read/write caching. That has now changed in the DS925+ and, presumably, all 2025 series models moving forward.

Our testing confirmed that non-Synology NVMe SSDs are no longer usable at all — neither for caching nor for creating storage pools.

Attempting to configure third-party NVMes results in the same hard block and error messages as unsupported HDDs. At the time of writing, only Synology SNV3400 and SNV3410 drives are listed as supported — both of which are tuned more for endurance than performance, making them a questionable fit for cache-centric workflows.


Pool Expansion Using a 4TB Seagate IronWolf Drive

We attempted to expand the existing migrated RAID pool with an additional 4TB Seagate IronWolf drive (same model, also verified on the DS923+). The drive was physically detected, appeared in Storage Manager, but the system refused to proceed with expansion.

System Message: The additional drive was flagged as incompatible, and any attempt to integrate it into the existing RAID resulted in an error stating that the media is not suitable or not verified. However, if your migrated pool is using SATA SSDs (or you setup the system with unverified SATA SSDs, which is still possible at the time of writing) you CAN expand the pool with likewise SATA SSDs.

Conclusion: The DS925+ does not permit expansion of an existing pool using unverified drives if you are using unverified HDDs, even if the original array consists of the exact same drive model. But SATA SSDs still allow this feature at the moment.


Pool Expansion Using a 4TB Seagate IronWolf Drive

What if you are using an existing pool that is made up of verified HDDs on the NAS (i.e drives from Synology or drives that are now on the verified compatibility list), but also want to create a 2nd pool, made up of unverified SATA HDDs or SATA SSDs?

Result: As expected, if you use SATA HDDs, then you can ONLY create a new separate pool using verified HDDs. However, SATA SSDs still allow for unverified SSD pools.


Hot Spare Addition Attempt Using Seagate IronWolf Drive

We repeated the process above but this time attempted to add a likewise Seagate IW 4TB drive as a Hot Spare.

Result: Just like the pool expansion test, the additional drive was visible but flagged as unsupported, and DSM blocked any attempts to add this as a failover Hot Spare repair drive with the migrated array.


Recovery of Degraded RAID Pool Using Seagate IronWolf Drive

To test RAID recovery, one of the three IronWolf drives in the migrated SHR array was removed, placing the system into a degraded state. We then inserted a fresh 4TB Seagate IronWolf drive.

Result: DSM detected the new drive but refused to initiate RAID rebuild, citing unsupported media.

Conclusion: Recovery of a degraded array using a Seagate IronWolf drive (unverified for DS925+) is not permitted — even when it’s the same model previously used in the pool.


Drive Removal and Reintroduction to Pool

Lastly, we removed one of the IronWolf drives from the active pool and reinserted it a few minutes later. This drive was part of the original migrated SHR setup.

Result: DSM re-added the drive without issue, recognizing it as part of the existing array. No rebuild or repair was needed, and the system returned to normal status — albeit still with the usual compatibility warnings.

Conclusion: Previously initialized and migrated drives will be accepted back into the same array, provided their identity matches the original configuration. However, these reinserted drives remain flagged as unverified.


🧰 Background: How Synology Got Here

At the time of writing this review, Synology is seemingly waging a war on unverified third-party drives being used inside their systems. Back in 2020/2021, Synology began rolling out their own range of storage media for use in their systems — starting with SSDs and eventually expanding to a range of 3.5-inch server-class and enterprise storage-class hard drives. Over the years, we have seen the brand begin to reduce the number of third-party drives listed as certified and verified for use in the DSM platform and in their NAS server devices. This duality — of promoting their own storage media while supporting third-party drives — has had its balance shifted considerably over the last two major Synology generations and across several updates in DSM.

In 2022, when the brand rolled out an update in DSM 7.1 that changed the system status for any NAS using non-Synology-approved drives to display a warning state, the wider Synology user base was in uproar. Synology would eventually roll this back and, although they never reversed the policy of warning users that their drives were not on the compatibility list, they did soften the system’s response. Fast forward to now, and the brand is again changing its third-party drive verification and compatibility methodologies internally. The 2025 series and onward will strictly require drives that are already listed on Synology’s compatibility list. Why is that a problem? Well — twofold. First, right now only Synology HDDs and SSDs are listed on the official DS925+ compatibility pages, despite the hardware inside the DS925+ being identical to previous Synology hardware from both the 2020 and 2023 generations. Second, Synology’s aggressive approach to enforcement. Previously, users could proceed with installation and simply be warned later. Now, installation is entirely blocked.

This will no doubt be problematic with e-retailers and online dealers unless they make this strict compatibility policy exceptionally clear. The rollout has been inconsistent and unclear at best. It first emerged via a press release on Synology’s German website, and the DS925+ page remains vague on the specifics. It might well be that weeks or months from now, the list of drives supported on the Synology DS925+ and other 2025 NAS systems will expand to include more third-party media. Nevertheless, the messaging has been profoundly unclear. If Synology’s verification tests have changed, they need to clearly explain how and why. If they have reported failures with unverified drives, those results should be shared. In discussions with numerous users online, many agree that Synology is walking a confusing line. Either fully embrace third-party drives as before — or bundle your own media and commit to it. Don’t sit in the middle.


🔄 Future Expansion & Unanswered Questions

Synology has stated that it is working with Western Digital, Seagate, and others to test and certify additional drives for use in the 2025 series. However, they also clarified that the responsibility for verification now lies more with the drive manufacturers, not Synology themselves. This means the pace and outcome of compatibility expansion are largely out of users’ hands — and still leaves early adopters in a restrictive position. We’ve already seen similar policies with M.2 NVMe SSDs in the 2023 generation — only allowing storage pool deployments if you use Synology-branded drives. And while DSM still supports caching with third-party drives in those older systems, that flexibility has now been removed in the 2025 series.


🌐 Conclusion – CHECK DRIVE COMPATIBILITY BEFORE YOU BUY!!!

The Synology DS925+ is a great piece of hardware in many respects, but it arrives with a much more locked-down approach to storage media than any Plus series NAS before it. Users hoping to reuse existing drives, mix-and-match HDDs for flexibility, or use cost-effective SSDs and NVMes from other brands need to reconsider their storage strategy or prepare for an ecosystem that’s increasingly closed. We’ll continue to test newer Synology 2025 devices as they launch and will update this article as compatibility lists evolve and behaviors change. But for now, if you’re planning to buy into this generation — and especially if you need to build on a budget — be aware: the HDDs you might WANT to buy might not be usable with your system – SO CHECK THE COMPATIBILITY PAGES FIRST!.

Stay tuned for more deep-dive comparisons, migration tutorials, and drive compatibility experiments right here at NASCompares. In the meantime, if you are considering purchasing an older generation Synology NAS that has more open and established storage media compatibility, below is a comparison of the Synology DS923+ from 2022/2023 and the new 2025 DS925+ NAS.

OLD Synology vs NEW Synology (DS923+ vs DS925+)

Reasons to Buy the Synology DS923+

Reasons to Buy the Synology DS925+

  • Faster 2.5GbE Networking Out-of-the-Box
    – Dual 2.5GbE ports offer higher baseline network speeds (up to 6Gbps aggregated), doubling the network performance compared to the DS923+ without requiring expansion cards.

  • More Powerful Processor (More Cores/Threads)
    – The V1500B CPU offers 4 cores and 8 threads, delivering superior multitasking and heavier workload handling, especially for virtual machines, multiple users, and simultaneous services.

  • Quieter Operation
    – The DS925+ operates at a lower idle noise level (20.5 dB vs 22.9 dB), making it better suited for office, home office, or studio environments where sound matters.

  • Higher User and Service Limits
    – Thanks to the more powerful CPU, the DS925+ supports more Synology Drive users, Synology Office users, Synology Chat users, more concurrent SMB connections, and more virtual machines than the DS923+.

  • Better Out-of-the-Box Experience
    – With stronger networking, higher multi-threaded performance, and no need for immediate upgrades, the DS925+ is ready to deliver higher performance without any additional investment, perfect for users who want maximum capability from day one.

  • PCIe Expansion for 10GbE Upgrades
    – The DS923+ features a PCIe Gen3 x2 slot, allowing users to install a 10GbE network card later, massively boosting network speeds beyond the built-in 1GbE ports.

  • Broader 3rd-Party Drive Compatibility
    – Unlike the DS925+, the DS923+ allows full system initialization, storage pool creation, and DSM services even with non-Synology hard drives and SSDs—giving users more flexibility and choice.

  • Lower Power Consumption and Heat Output
    – The DS923+ is slightly more energy-efficient in both active use and hibernation modes, making it a better fit for always-on environments where power savings add up over time.

  • Potentially Lower Price (Especially Post-DS925+ Launch)
    – As the newer DS925+ replaces it, the DS923+ is likely to see discounts and wider availability, offering excellent value for budget-conscious users without sacrificing capability.

  • Ideal for Customization and Long-Term Scalability
    – With the ability to upgrade the network, use a wider range of drives, and maintain full DSM functionality, the DS923+ is better suited for users who plan to evolve their setup over time.

In practical terms, the DS925+ is the stronger out-of-the-box choice, especially for users who value simplicity, improved default performance, and do not anticipate needing higher-than-2.5GbE networking down the line. However, the long-term value proposition becomes murkier when you factor in the DS923+’s PCIe expansion, broader drive compatibility, and the potential price drops that will follow its ageing status in Synology’s lineup. In short, the DS925+ is the better NAS on day one—more powerful, faster, and quieter. But if you’re planning for day 1,000, it’s worth pausing to consider whether the expandability and media flexibility of the DS923+ may be a better fit for your storage and networking needs over the next five to seven years.

Synology DS925+ NAS

Synology DS923+ NAS

Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS925+ NAS

Check B&H for the Synology DS925+ NAS

Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS923+ NAS

Check B&H for the Synology DS923+ NAS

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

 

Synology DS925+ NAS Review

Par : Rob Andrews
2 mai 2025 à 17:36

Synology DS925+ NAS Review – Good News, Bad News

If you have been looking at making the move away from your cloud service provider to gain better ownership of your data, or are looking to upgrade your existing network storage system to something a tad more modern, chances are that Synology and the new DS925+ system have already appeared on your radar. Synology, a 25-year veteran in the world of network-attached storage, is arguably one of the biggest names in the game and has long commanded the largest market share in home and business purchases of NAS. The new DS925+ is the refresh of the late 2022 Synology DS923+, upgrading a few things and arguably clipping the wings of others. Whenever Synology refreshes its range of solutions every few years, it is normally a moment of largely universal praise as long-term Synology users consider upgrading their kit.

However, the Synology 2025 series of devices has been arguably more contentious and criticized internet-wide due to the brand’s changing stance on its support of hard drives in this newer generation, revamping the way in which users can choose which drives they can use in their systems. This change is still very much in its early days and could easily end up working out for the best — or being reversed — but nevertheless, the Synology DS925+ has arrived on the scene to a great deal more criticism and apprehension than most other Synology NAS devices ever launched in the brand’s two-and-a-half-decade-long history. But all of that aside, is the DS925+ actually any good? What can it do, what can’t it do, and does it deserve your money and your data?

Synology DS925+ NAS Review – Quick Conclusion

On a sheer hardware level, the Synology DS925+ is one of the strongest 4-bay systems the brand has ever released in this class. Whether compared to the 2023 refresh or earlier models, it delivers a noticeably better hardware package for the price. The long-overdue move to 2.5GbE is welcome, even if extremely late, and the upgrade from a dual-core, four-thread processor to a quad-core, eight-thread chip is ideal for VMs and containers. The continued inclusion of ECC memory (4GB, expandable to 32GB) reinforces its focus on reliability. DSM remains a standout — arguably still the best turnkey NAS OS on the market for stability, usability, and features. However, the removal of 10GbE upgrade options feels like a significant regression, especially as external 2.5G/5G USB network adapters are now commonplace. The hardware, while generally solid, will still feel underwhelming to users who expect more flexibility — especially given the price.

But it’s Synology’s aggressive stance on storage compatibility that casts the longest shadow. The DS925+ refuses to initialise DSM unless you’re using approved drives — a dramatic shift from previous generations using identical hardware that supported many third-party drives. Synology’s vague communication and inconsistent rollout of this policy only amplify user frustration. It’s hard to escape the sense that Synology is either hesitating to fully commit to bundling its NAS units with storage, or clumsily trying to control the ecosystem. The DS925+ is still a very good NAS, maintaining a decade-long price point while offering improved internals and software. But unless Synology quickly clarifies this compatibility policy, this release may be remembered more for controversy than capability — their biggest “Apple moment” yet, for good or for bad.

SOFTWARE - 10/10
HARDWARE - 6/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 8/10


8.2
PROS
👍🏻Dual 2.5GbE Ports: Finally upgrades from 1GbE, offering significantly better bandwidth and support for link aggregation and SMB multichannel.
👍🏻ECC Memory Support: Comes with 4GB ECC RAM (expandable to 32GB), rare at this price point and excellent for data integrity in long-term storage.
👍🏻Quad-Core Ryzen V1500B CPU: A proven server-grade processor with 4 cores and 8 threads, ideal for multitasking, VMs, containers, and business apps.
👍🏻Excellent Thermal Performance: Dual 92mm fans and a well-ventilated chassis keep internal temperatures low even under extended load.
👍🏻Low Noise Operation: Impressively quiet in idle and moderate use; system noise is more dependent on drive selection than fan noise.
👍🏻USB-C Expansion Support: Adds future-proof connectivity via the DX525 expansion unit, replacing the aging eSATA interface.
👍🏻Top-Tier DSM Software: Ships with DSM 7.2 — widely considered the best NAS OS — offering excellent backup, cloud, and media tools with a polished UI.
👍🏻EXCEPTIONAL License-free software in Active Backup and inclusive-license Surveillance Station Software
CONS
👎🏻No 10GbE Upgrade Option: Removes the PCIe slot from the DS923+, eliminating any path to scale beyond 2.5GbE.
👎🏻Comparatively underwhelming hardware compared to similarly priced Turnkey NAS solutions available from QNAP, UGREEN, Asustor, etc
👎🏻Strict Drive Compatibility: Will not initialise DSM without Synology-branded HDDs or drives on the compatibility list (which we are still awaiting confirmation on re: verification). Brand messaging on which drives work now, later, long term, etc is messy at the moment


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

Synology DS925+ NAS Review – Design, Cooling and Power Consumption

The DS925+ maintains Synology’s long-standing chassis design, which has remained largely unchanged since around 2018–2019. It features a compact black plastic exterior with a solid metal internal frame that offers excellent durability and airflow.

The unit measures the same as its predecessors and blends easily into home or office environments. Ventilation is a central focus of the design, with large ventilated side panels, additional intake on the base, and a dual-fan array at the rear. These two 92mm fans replace the more typical single-fan setup found in many rival 4-bay systems, providing a more even and effective airflow throughout the unit.

The DS925+ also uses an external 100W power brick, though actual usage rarely approaches that limit.

In terms of noise, the DS925+ is impressively quiet during idle and moderate use — provided you’re using standard Synology-branded drives. With the system fully idle (RAID built, fans running at variable speed, no active users), the noise levels hovered around 36–37 dB(A).

When pushed with dual 2.5GbE connections and all drives under load, noise levels rose to about 48–50 dB(A), though much of this was attributed to the drives rather than the fans. Users planning to install high-capacity, enterprise-class drives like the HAT5300 series should expect higher operational noise. While the NAS fans remain relatively quiet, drive selection plays a significant role in the overall acoustic footprint of the system.

Power consumption during testing was also well within expectations. In a fully idle state, with base apps installed and the system not being accessed, the DS925+ drew approximately 28 watts. When fully loaded — with all four bays filled, SSDs installed, the CPU under strain, and both 2.5GbE connections active — consumption peaked around 62–64 watts.

These numbers align with what you’d expect for a Ryzen V1500B-based system with ECC memory and SSD support, though it’s worth noting that Synology’s own published power usage figures are lower. This discrepancy is likely due to Synology using SSDs in their testing rather than HDDs, which naturally draw more power and generate more heat.

Thermal performance on the DS925+ is particularly strong, especially considering the plastic enclosure. At the one-hour mark under moderate usage, system temperatures ranged from 35°C to 39°C.

After 24 hours of intermittent access, including background tasks like scrubbing and package installation, the system maintained a stable range of 34°C to 36°C. The dual rear fans, in conjunction with the well-ventilated chassis, clearly play a key role in keeping the internal environment controlled. These results are especially encouraging given that many competing 4-bay NAS systems still ship with only a single rear fan and less efficient airflow paths.

Bottom line, the DS925+ offers a refined, if familiar, physical design that prioritises quiet operation, effective heat management, and reasonable power efficiency – something this product series has always excelled at vs it’s competitors (such as the QNAP TS-464, Asustor Lockerstor series or still new UGREEN DXP4800. While Synology hasn’t reinvented the chassis, the dual fan design, ample ventilation, and strong thermal numbers show thoughtful incremental improvements. However, as with most NAS systems, the overall experience is still influenced heavily by drive selection — particularly in terms of noise and power draw. For users seeking a low-noise, power-efficient solution with excellent temperature control, the DS925+ remains a very well-balanced option in the 4-bay NAS category.

Synology DS925+ NAS Review – Ports and Connectivity

The Synology DS925+ supplies a fairly middling range of connections, depending on your point of view. Hot take: if you were to compare this device against previously released Synology devices, there is actually something of a mixed bag here to like as well as dislike. Likewise, if you compare the device to the available range of NAS solutions from this brand’s competitors, you could probably be especially critical of what you see here. However, there are some interesting features worthy of note, and given Synology’s heavy emphasis on internal operations and remote access priorities, it isn’t a huge surprise that the physical connections on this modest system are likewise pretty understated.

The front of the system features a single USB Type-A 5 Gb per second connection port that is predominantly used for connecting storage drives to make them remotely accessible. Synology has largely reduced the utility of these USB ports on their systems to simply storage and connection of a UPS system. So you can forget about utilising the majority of PC USB peripherals, directly connecting to the device over USB, or even simple network USB adaptors — a particularly unpopular choice by Synology in their DSM 7 update a few years ago. That said, the USB connectivity integrates extremely well with the backup software on this system, allowing for scheduled and automated backups to be conducted via this port, with particularly sophisticated filter customisation as needed.

Flipping the device around shows us the more important system connections available on the DS925+. The big headline here is Synology finally — finally — upgrading this system and the 2025 generation moving forward with 2.5 GbE ports, rather than the pedestrian and outdated 1 GbE network ports. The system features two ports, and the DSM platform allows for merging of these connections via protocols such as port trunking, link aggregation, load balancing, and SMB multi-channel, as well as failover as needed. These are certainly a welcome — if hugely overdue — upgrade on this system (when the bulk of this brand’s hardware competitors rolled out 2.5G as much as five years earlier at a similar price point). But at the very least, this does mean that users are going to be able to enjoy fuller saturation of the four SATA drive connections on this system more so than in previous generations of this product series.

That said, Synology giveth and Synology taketh away! Even though Synology has upgraded the default network connections on the device, they have removed the optional mini PCIe upgrade slot that was available on the DS923+ before this. This is going to be a huge kick in the ass for a lot of users who were considering purchasing this device over the DS923+ predecessor, as it means that the ability to scale up the network connectivity toward 10GbE is now not available on this system. So despite the fact that this system can now comfortably accommodate over two and a half times the external network bandwidth of its predecessor out of the box, it also means that the effective potential maximum network connectivity that a user could hope to achieve down the line has now been effectively halved! Again, this was always an optional upgrade in its predecessor, but it was an extremely welcome one for many — and given that even their value series of hard drives can hit between 180 and 200 MB per second per drive, that means that even the most inefficient RAID cluster with these drives will almost certainly still oversaturate the base twin 2.5G connections that the base model has. Therefore, you are being somewhat bottlenecked down the road because of this lack of network adapter upgradability. And don’t even get me started on the throttling that you will likely encounter if utilising M.2 NVMe RAID pools on the DS925+ via remote network connectivity.

Finally, we find another change in this product over its predecessors, and that is the shift in expandability on this system toward a USB-C output. This USB-C provides 5 Gb/s connectivity and only supports the new DX525 expansion chassis, which costs around $350 to $450 depending on where you are in the world and your local tax rate. Synology has always afforded the ability to expand this product series with a 5-bay expansion, either to spread the RAID configuration or mirror it appropriately, so this is a welcome — if expected — integration in the DS925+ class nonetheless, and it allows for greater storage scalability over the years.

All that said — and I’m sorry to be negative again — I can’t help but feel that this expandability is still being handled a tad clumsily. For a start, even at USB-C, that still means that the five SATA drives that the expansion supports are effectively capped in their maximum external bandwidth potential. And although you were never really going to enjoy greater speeds regardless — due to the 2.5 GbE network connectivity anyway — there are definitely going to be users who are sad about this further bottleneck on the performance of those drives in the expansion.

The fact that Synology did not implement an improved means of network connectivity — perhaps via 10 GbE or USB 3.2 Gen 2 (almost certainly due to a CPU choice limitation) — is really disheartening. Likewise, since this expansion now connects over standard USB, why are we still only limited to one expansion, and only via that specific USB port? The fact that we could have increased the number of expansion devices in line with the other available USB ports would have been tremendously appealing to users thinking about the long-term scalability of their system. And given that USB ports are common (if a little more restrained) on practically every single Synology NAS, this is a real missed opportunity to add storage expandability — and I can only assume it’s a conscious and deliberate choice by the brand to maintain their portfolio segmentation.

Bottom line: I love that this system is expandable, and I do like that a number of the features of the system have been improved over its predecessor. But as I mentioned earlier, the general standard of connectivity on the DS925+ is still awfully restrained when you take even a casual glance at the rest of the market right now. It only further underlines the fact that Synology is doubling down on this system more in terms of its software and capabilities rather than its hardware — which is no doubt going to please the bulk of users looking at this system who just want a stable NAS that does its job, but will nonetheless annoy enthusiasts and prosumers who want to make the most of their hardware.

Synology DS925+ NAS Review – Internal Hardware

If there is one area that Synology consistently gets criticised for, it is the hardware they choose to use. It can definitely be argued that, as a NAS is a 24/7 system, manufacturers need to focus heavily on the efficiency of hardware and keep things as high-performance as possible at the lowest cost of power consumption and hardware utilisation. Equally, it could be argued that because Synology prioritises software over hardware — and wants to maintain tightly locked price points in its portfolio — over the years they have had to be awfully tactical in the hardware they choose to use across their product lines. All these things no doubt play their part, but nonetheless, it all adds up to a system that is not exactly going to blow anyone away if they are looking at the hardware specs as the chief buying point for their first server or an upgrade.

The first thing I want to discuss is that CPU! Keeping things positive, this is a four-core, eight-thread AMD embedded server-class Ryzen processor. In human speak, that means this CPU is designed for server utilisation — chiefly for file processes and for spreading itself quite thinly across multiple processes and tasks with efficient ease. Additionally, this processor has already been utilised and heavily investigated by Synology since its first rollout at the higher end of the SMB section of its portfolio as early as 2019/2020 — so the brand has extensive experience in getting the very most it can out of this processor. Additionally, Synology has often taken the hardware configuration of a higher-tier solution in their portfolio and — between multi-year refreshes — then passed this hardware configuration down into lower and more affordable tiers over the years. So this processor’s appearance, and its refresh of the previous R1600 dual-core, four-thread processor in the DS923+ predecessor, is not unexpected — and for many, actually quite welcome.

Here is how the R1600 in the DS923+ 2022/2023 Release compares with the V1500B in the DS925+ Refresh:

Category R1600 (DS923+)

V1500B (DS925+)

Advantage / Notes
Release Date Q2 2019 Q1 2018 R1600 is newer
Cores / Threads 2 Cores / 4 Threads 4 Cores / 8 Threads V1500B offers more parallel processing
Base / Boost Frequency 2.6 / 3.1 GHz 2.2 GHz R1600 has faster clock speeds
Architecture (Codename) Zen (Banded Kestrel) Zen (Great Horned Owl)
Instruction Set x86-64 + SSE4a, AVX2, FMA3 x86-64 + SSE4a, AVX2, FMA3
Hyperthreading Yes Yes
Overclocking No No
TDP (PL1) 18W (up to 25W) 16W R1600 allows more thermal headroom
Tjunction Max 105°C 105°C
L2 Cache 1 MB 2 MB V1500B has more L2 cache
L3 Cache 4 MB 4 MB
Memory Support DDR4-2400, ECC, Dual Channel, 32 GB Max DDR4-2400, ECC, Dual Channel, 32 GB Max
Max Memory Bandwidth 38.4 GB/s 38.4 GB/s
PCIe Version / Lanes PCIe 3.0 / 8 lanes PCIe 3.0 / 16 lanes V1500B has more connectivity bandwidth
PCIe Bandwidth 7.9 GB/s 15.8 GB/s V1500B supports double the PCIe throughput
Manufacturing Node 14nm 14nm
Chip Design Chiplet Chiplet
Virtualization Support (AMD-V, SVM) Yes Yes
AES-NI Support Yes Yes
OS Support Windows 10, Linux Windows 10, Linux

Likewise, this processor provides the full spectrum of system software services and abilities that DiskStation Manager 7.2 has to offer. There is not a single DSM application or component that you are unable to take advantage of on this hardware spec. Alongside that, this CPU will comfortably allow for a decent number of VMs, containers, file processes, and simultaneous proprietary application services to all run at the exact same time — despite this system’s modest stature. Integrated graphics processors have been phased out from this particular product family — and this is the second refresh of the product line to remove integrated graphics-equipped processors — instead moving this kind of deployment to its smaller and more multimedia-focused DS425+ and DS225+ models. There are mixed results to this of course, especially given that the DS925+ has removed network upgradability — which I think may well leave quite a lot of CPU bandwidth by the roadside somewhat. But given the similarity in price point between this system and previous refreshes of this 4-bay series, I’m not, on the whole, unhappy with this processor. It’s just a continued departure by the brand away from classic 4-bays like the DS920+ and DS918+.

Alongside this processor, the system arrives with 4GB of DDR4 ECC SO-DIMM memory. ECC memory, in most network storage tech circles, is absolutely paramount for high-volume and high-frequency file transfers and long-term storage. Very, very few systems at the $550 price point ever include ECC memory in a turnkey NAS solution, and I know this is something that has always met with phenomenal praise by system integrators (SIs) who recommend Synology for simple and effective business storage requirements. Additionally, this memory can be scaled up all the way to 32GB, which — once you factor in the eight threads on this processor being spread out across multiple processes — is pretty darn good when you think about the scale of this system physically versus the potential of that software! Of course, in line with several other Synology policy changes over the years, the system is strictly compatible with only first-party memory upgrades from Synology — which you will not be surprised to hear are notably more expensive than third-party options in the market from Crucial, Kingston, and Samsung. This has always been something that has been met with notable disapproval by many, but Synology defends this by repeating the point that they want a single-party ecosystem, and the DS925+ is an appliance that centres around being smooth, efficient, and easy to deploy.

At the base of the system, we find the two M.2 NVMe slots that allow you to install one or two 2280-length SSD drives that can be utilised for read & write caching and/or use as storage pools. The benefits of utilising caching — when used in conjunction with the ECC memory and that file-transmission-focused processor — are pretty bloody significant, and it does allow for a degree of versatility and optimisation for users once again focused on high-volume and high-frequency data storage needs 24/7. But the use of these bays for storage pools is still pretty underwhelming at launch, and a big part of this is — much like other system upgrades — these M.2 bays are limited to only using Synology NVMe SSDs. This is a limitation compared with the predecessor, and while it’s a small tweak over the status quo, it becomes a significant one when you factor in that, currently, the only Synology M.2 NVMe offering is the heavily durability-focused but write-performance-weak SNV3400 series.

No doubt, as Synology rolls out more proprietary media-focused systems in their 2025 lineup and continues to expand the offering of branded storage media, the brand will eventually roll out a much more performance-rich NVMe SSD (perhaps the SNV5300 or SNV7400). But until that happens, these bays are a little restricted in terms of compatible media to really make the most of their capabilities right now.

Bottom line: for the money you’re laying down here — and if you factor in the value and quality of the software — many are going to be happy to overlook the comparatively underwhelming internal hardware on offer here when comparing it against the number of competitors on the market that focus on the hardware more than the software. If you’ve followed the brand for a long time, you’ll probably agree that what we’re seeing here is fairly standard for what this brand tends to include in their systems, and therefore you may be happy to give them a pass on this. But if this is a system that is chiefly being sold on its software and services — let’s discuss those a great deal more!

Synology DS925+ NAS Review – DSM Software and Services

The DS925+ arrives preloaded with Synology’s DiskStation Manager (DSM) 7.2, the latest version of their industry-leading NAS operating system. DSM has long been praised for its clean, intuitive interface that makes it easy for even novice users to get started while still offering deep functionality for IT professionals. Everything from user account creation, network configuration, file sharing, and app management is presented through a streamlined browser-based GUI. It’s an OS that feels more like a well-polished desktop environment than a traditional NAS UI, and the DS925+ handles it with ease thanks to its Ryzen CPU and ECC memory.

DSM offers comprehensive file management through File Station, and supports standard protocols such as SMB, FTP, WebDAV, and Rsync. Whether you’re accessing files locally or remotely, the experience is responsive and customisable. File previews, right-click menus, and in-browser streaming of media files all work out of the box, while features like folder-level encryption, WORM (write once, read many), and fine-grained user permissions ensure strong data governance. The included Synology Drive application further enhances file syncing and backup capabilities across multiple platforms — Windows, macOS, Linux, Android, and iOS.

Synology has also baked in powerful backup and disaster recovery tools into DSM, with Active Backup for Business standing out in particular. It supports full OS and file-level backups for Windows, Linux, virtual machines, SaaS apps like Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, and even other NAS devices.

Best of all, it requires no additional licenses for most features. Hyper Backup provides flexible multi-destination backup options, while Snapshot Replication protects against ransomware or accidental deletions by allowing near-instant recovery of shared folders or entire volumes.

For users focused on multimedia, DSM supports apps like Synology Photos, Audio Station, and Plex Media Server. While Synology has scaled back some native media tools like Video Station, DSM remains highly compatible with third-party platforms. Container Manager and Virtual Machine Manager allow for lightweight app deployment and virtualisation without a license fee — with the DS925+ capable of running multiple Docker containers or virtual DSM instances simultaneously. Synology’s mobile apps also tie in seamlessly with DSM services, offering secure access to files, surveillance feeds, photo backups, and more.

Ultimately, DSM is the DS925+’s strongest asset. Synology’s software-first approach continues to pay off, delivering an experience that’s miles ahead of most competitors in terms of polish, security, and integration.

Whether you’re a home user setting up private cloud storage or a small business deploying multi-site backups, DSM remains the gold standard in NAS operating systems. For many users, the value of DSM alone justifies choosing Synology — even when hardware compromises or compatibility limitations exist.

Below is a breakdown of how the Synology DS925+ improves upon the software and service support of the DS923:

Category DS925+

DS923+

Advantage / Notes
Max Single Volume Size 200 TB (with 32 GB RAM) / 108 TB 108 TB DS925+ supports up to 200 TB with RAM upgrade
Max Internal Volume Number 32 64 DS923+ allows more volumes
M.2 SSD Storage Pool Support Yes Yes
SSD Cache / TRIM Yes / Yes Yes / Yes
Supported RAID Types SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0/1/5/6/10 SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0/1/5/6/10
RAID Migration Support Yes Yes
Volume Expansion (Larger Drives / Add HDD) Yes Yes
Global Hot Spare RAID Support Yes Yes
Internal File Systems Btrfs, ext4 Btrfs, ext4
External File Systems Btrfs, ext4, ext3, FAT32, NTFS, HFS+, exFAT Btrfs, ext4, ext3, FAT32, NTFS, HFS+, exFAT
File Protocols Supported SMB, AFP, NFS, FTP, WebDAV, Rsync SMB, AFP, NFS, FTP, WebDAV, Rsync
Max SMB Connections (with RAM expansion) 40 30 DS925+ handles more concurrent connections
Windows ACL & NFS Kerberos Auth Yes Yes
Max Local Users / Groups / Shared Folders 512 / 128 / 128 512 / 128 / 128
Max Shared Folder Sync Tasks 8 4 DS925+ supports double the sync tasks
Max Hybrid Share Folders 10 10
Hyper Backup (Folder & Full System) Yes Yes (DSM 7.2+)
Synology High Availability Yes Yes
Syslog Events per Second 800 800
Virtualization Support (VMware, Citrix, etc.) Yes Yes
Protocols (SMB, NFS, iSCSI, etc.) Full Support Full Support
Supported Browsers Chrome, Firefox, Edge, Safari Chrome, Firefox, Edge, Safari
Languages Supported 24+ 24+
Synology Chat – Max Users 150 100 DS925+ supports 50% more chat users
Download Station – Max Tasks 80 80
iSCSI Targets / LUNs 2 / 2 2 / 2
MailPlus – Free Accounts / Max Users 5 / 90 5 / 60 DS925+ supports more users
DLNA / Synology Photos (Facial & Object Rec.) Yes Yes
Snapshot Replication – Max per Folder / System 128 / 256 128 / 256
Surveillance Station (Default Licenses) 2 2
Max IP Cameras (H.264 – 1080p) 40 channels / 1050 FPS 40 channels / 1050 FPS
Max IP Cameras (H.265 – 1080p) 40 channels / 1200 FPS 40 channels / 1200 FPS
Synology Drive – Max Users 80 50 DS925+ supports 60% more users
Synology Drive – Max Files Hosted 500,000 500,000
Synology Office – Max Users 80 50 DS925+ supports more office users
Virtual Machine Manager – VM Instances / DSM Licenses 8 / 8 (1 Free) 4 / 4 (1 Free) DS925+ supports 2× more virtual instances
VPN Server – Max Connections 8 4 DS925+ supports 2× more connections

Synology DS925+ NAS Review – Storage and Compatibility

At the time of writing this review, Synology is seemingly waging a war on third-party drives being used inside their systems. Back in 2020/2021, Synology began rolling out their own range of storage media for use in their systems — starting with SSDs and eventually expanding to a range of 3.5-inch server-class and enterprise storage-class hard drives. Over the years, we have seen the brand begin to reduce the number of third-party drives listed as certified and verified for use in the DSM platform and in their NAS server devices. This duality — of promoting their own storage media while supporting third-party drives — has had its balance shifted considerably over the last two major Synology generations and across several updates in DSM.

In 2022, when the brand rolled out an update in DSM 7.1 that changed the system status for any NAS using non-Synology-approved drives to display a warning state, the wider Synology user base was in uproar — whether it was because they didn’t like the brand’s position on dictating which drives worked and which didn’t, or because, as a system integrator or admin, they suddenly had a bunch of clueless users complaining that the system had gone from green to amber. Synology would eventually roll this back and, although they never reversed the policy of warning users that their drives were not on the compatibility list, they did soften the system’s response. Fast forward to now, and the brand is again changing its third-party drive verification and compatibility methodologies internally. The 2025 series and onward will strictly require drives that are already listed on Synology’s compatibility list. So why is that a problem right now?

Well — twofold. First, right now only Synology HDDs and SSDs are listed on the official DS925+ compatibility pages, despite the hardware inside the DS925+ being identical to previous Synology hardware from both the 2020 and 2023 generations — both of which still list many Seagate, Western Digital, Toshiba, Samsung, Kingston, and more drives. That does look a little off.

But the second, more serious reason is Synology’s aggressive approach to this policy. Previously, if you used an unverified drive, the system would warn you in Storage Manager after setting up DSM, informing you that the drives were not verified by Synology and that using them might put your system in an unsupported state — potentially limiting any after-sales or technical support the brand could offer. The 2025 series, however, currently will not even allow you to initialise the system out of the box if you are using non-Synology hard drives.

This will no doubt be problematic with e-retailers and online dealers — unless they make this strict compatibility policy exceptionally clear. The rollout of these changes across the 2025 series has been inconsistent and unclear at best. It first emerged via a press release on Synology’s German website, despite now being mentioned in different areas of global Knowledge Centers. Even now, as I write this review, although the official Synology DS925+ page is live, the wording surrounding unverified drives and their support on this new system remains very diplomatic and vague.

It might well be that weeks or months from now, as this system rolls out, the list of drives supported on the Synology DS925+ and other NAS systems in the 2025 series will eventually include third-party drives from WD and Seagate. Nevertheless, the messaging has been profoundly unclear and inconclusive. Synology has always supported third-party drives in numerous systems before this one — systems that, as mentioned earlier, have exactly the same hardware as this system and run the latest version of DSM as well! If their verification and compatibility tests have changed, they need to make this a great deal clearer and more justifiable to users. If they have numerous reported cases of unverified drives wreaking havoc, they need to share these results.

On the flip side, many could argue that as long as Synology provides a range of hard drives and SSDs that are comparable in price and performance to those of third parties, then losing access to third-party drives is no big deal. Unfortunately, that is not globally true. While there are some examples of Synology media being at the same price and performance level as third-party options, the availability and pricing for these drives is nowhere near as consistent as those of third-party brands — and for many, that forms one of the greatest long-term issues for their storage.

If you have an existing Synology NAS that is using third-party hard drives, you are still able to migrate drives over to the new system physically. This will allow for an easy upgrade path for existing users — but it’s not really a tremendous benefit for those who were considering the DS925+ as their first shiny new NAS system.

Migrating your drives physically from an older Synology NAS to a new device allows you to proceed – but with warnings

In discussions with numerous people online, a lot of us agree that Synology is kind of half-assing something here. If they’re going to support third-party hard drives and SSDs on their systems, then they need to do it — and do it as well as they have before. Revamping a verification system in-house that many would argue didn’t need revamping in the first place seems silly at best and calculated at worst. Otherwise, if they want to commit to recommending their own media above all else, just go the whole hog: bundle the solutions as standard, pre-populated, and maybe even extend the savings too. Interestingly, the changes in system recognition of non-listed compatible drives seems to only impact HDDs at this time. If you first-time-setup your Synology DS925+ NAS with SATA SSD(s) – you are still able to initialise the NAS as before – albeit with red and amber warnings on the storage GUI:

We’ve already seen the brand’s stance on storage media play out this way with M.2 NVMe SSDs in the 2023 generation and later — only allowing storage pool deployments if you use Synology-branded drives and no others (yet still supporting third-party drives for caching, if you like). Synology knew this was going to be an unpopular policy, but obviously, this is part of their wider roadmap. The brand themselves state that this is a move toward redefining their platform — away from being just hardware and toward becoming a full and complete data appliance.

I do also want to comment on the way that the system presents the use of 3rd party drives, even when used in authorized ways (eg using SATA SSDs in initialization does NOT bar you from their use the way HDDs are when not on the compatibility pages – likewise when you use drives from an older Synology NAS via physical migration to the DS925+).

When you DO have non-synology confirmed drives in the system via these methods – the presentation of DSM is notably more negative and aggressively alarming. Red and Orange text, icons, warnings, alerts and triggering words like ‘At Risk’ are thrown around far, far too liberally.

As mentioned several times, this might all turn out to be a storm in a teacup, and Synology may expedite verification of hard drives on their compatibility lists — or even U-turn on this decision entirely and pretend it never happened. Either way, a lot of users — new and old — have based significant purchasing decisions on this change by the brand.

Synology DS925+ NAS Review – Conclusion & Verdict

On a sheer hardware level, the Synology DS925+ is largely a superior system out of the box compared with any previous 4-bay Synology NAS solution released by the brand in this class series. Whether you’re comparing how much has scaled up in this refresh of the previous 2023 series release, or just generally looking at the standard of what you get for your money here, for the most part — in terms of hardware — it is better than the majority of systems that came before it. The long, long overdue upgrade to 2.5 GbE network connections is welcome (even if the brand is especially late to the party here). The upgrade from a dual-core, four-thread processor to a quad-core, eight-thread processor is certainly going to please those VM and app sandbox/container users greatly. And the continued implementation of ECC memory at 4GB, with scalability up to 32GB, only further doubles down on this point.

DSM continues to impress and still holds itself comfortably as the premier turnkey NAS software solution on the market — both in terms of its feature set as well as its stability and usability. The lack of 10GbE scalability is a bitter pill to swallow when many of us were just getting used to the idea of Synology engaging with 10G NIC upgrades at this hardware level. And although this feature is promised on the DS1525+, it is still something of a pain point on the DS925+ — especially now, as $25 USB-to-2.5G and 5G network adaptors are very much a thing and widely supported everywhere. But for the most part, the hardware is consistent — if a little underwhelming. Synology solutions, though, have never been about the hardware. But beyond this is where the rather curious and unpopular choices by the brand regarding storage compatibility and verification in DSM and the 2025 series in general really end up marring what could have been a very confident release by Synology in the DS925+.

I hope that months from now, this matter is just a memory, and Synology has either expedited the verification of third-party drives or reversed the majority of these decisions due to public outcry. In truth, I think a lot of users would probably have preferred the DS925+ to roll out pre-populated with storage media — much like their new BeeStation series does. Going down the road of restricting which drives people can use was never going to be popular, so either don’t do it or fully commit to it. There is, of course, the argument that these drives — which were previously verified and confirmed working on the exact same hardware (CPU, motherboards, network deployment, and software utilisation) in previous generations — have mystically now been deemed unverified on the new 2025 series and its genuinely identical hardware to what came before. It’s an odd line in the sand to draw, a message that has been delivered messily, and I do not envy the Synology marketing team having to shape the narrative on this one. The bottom line is that the DS925+ is still a very, very good Synology NAS system, and although it loses a few bells and whistles compared to its predecessors, it still delivers very well on a platform that has maintained the same price point for its scale for more than a decade — despite changing world events. But until Synology clears up exactly how and why they’ve changed drive verification on this system in a clear and transparent fashion, I do think this is a NAS device that is going to pale in comparison to the deployment and overall sales of its predecessor — and the brand needs to sort this quickly.

The DS925+ is a good NAS for the money in terms of hardware and software, but we may well be witnessing Synology’s biggest “Apple moment” — for good and for bad.

PROs of the Synology DS925+ NAS CONs of the Synology DS925+ NAS
  • Dual 2.5GbE Ports: Finally upgrades from 1GbE, offering significantly better bandwidth and support for link aggregation and SMB multichannel.

  • ECC Memory Support: Comes with 4GB ECC RAM (expandable to 32GB), rare at this price point and excellent for data integrity in long-term storage.

  • Quad-Core Ryzen V1500B CPU: A proven server-grade processor with 4 cores and 8 threads, ideal for multitasking, VMs, containers, and business apps.

  • Excellent Thermal Performance: Dual 92mm fans and a well-ventilated chassis keep internal temperatures low even under extended load.

  • Low Noise Operation: Impressively quiet in idle and moderate use; system noise is more dependent on drive selection than fan noise.

  • USB-C Expansion Support: Adds future-proof connectivity via the DX525 expansion unit, replacing the aging eSATA interface.

  • Top-Tier DSM Software: Ships with DSM 7.2 — widely considered the best NAS OS — offering excellent backup, cloud, and media tools with a polished UI.

  • EXCEPTIONAL License-free software in Active Backup and inclusive-license Surveillance Station Software

  • No 10GbE Upgrade Option: Removes the PCIe slot from the DS923+, eliminating any path to scale beyond 2.5GbE.

  • Comparatively underwhelming hardware compared to similarly priced Turnkey NAS solutions available from QNAP, UGREEN, Asustor, etc
  • Strict Drive Compatibility: Will not initialise DSM without Synology-branded HDDs or drives on the compatibility list (which we are still awaiting confirmation on re: verification). Brand messaging on which drives work now, later, long term, etc is messy at the moment

Synology DS925+ NAS

Synology DS923+ NAS

Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS925+ NAS

Check B&H for the Synology DS925+ NAS

Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS923+ NAS

Check B&H for the Synology DS923+ NAS

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

UniFi UNAS Pro – SIX MONTHS LATER

Par : Rob Andrews
28 avril 2025 à 18:00

UniFi UNAS Pro: 6 Months On — A Measured Look at Ubiquiti’s First NAS

Six months since its public release in October 2024, the UniFi UNAS Pro has matured modestly but meaningfully. Initially positioned as an affordable $499, 7-bay NAS with integrated 10GbE and 1GbE networking, its appeal centered largely around seamless integration into UniFi environments and simple turnkey deployment. The first three months revealed a system that delivered on core promises without overselling itself, providing reliable basic storage with intuitive setup, minimal friction during deployment, and straightforward SMB file sharing. However, its limitations in areas such as feature breadth, expandability, and advanced administrative control left some early adopters questioning whether the device was ready to serve as a primary NAS solution.

UniFi UNAS Pro 6 Months Later – The TL;DR

Ubiquiti’s UniFi UNAS Pro has seen steady but conservative development since its launch in October 2024. At $499, it’s an affordable 7-bay NAS with 10GbE that integrates well within UniFi environments, but it launched with limited features and notable gaps. Over six months, some user-requested improvements have been delivered—such as RAID 6 support, expanded cloud backup options (Dropbox, OneDrive), admin control over user backups, and improved file sharing responsiveness. However, key omissions remain: no iSCSI support, no UniFi Protect integration, no containerization, no fan or power schedule controls, and occasional performance or file handling issues. It’s best suited as a supplementary NAS for existing UniFi networks rather than a full-featured standalone solution. Ubiquiti appears focused on stability and foundational updates, but major feature enhancements or new models have yet to appear. HERE are the most notable changes that have happened in the last 6 Months:

  • Added support for RAID 6, hot spare migration, and Time Machine backups via Shared Drives.

  • Enabled OneDrive and Dropbox as new cloud backup destinations.

  • Introduced File Activity tracking and a Task Center for monitoring ongoing operations.

  • Console owners can now manage and back up other users’ drives.

  • Added SIEM server integration, SNMP configuration, and support for .exe execution via SMB.

  • Users can now toggle Link Sharing and configure release channels per app.

  • Support file generation now available for diagnostics.

  • Improved setup, storage initialization, drive transfers, and local admin creation flows.

  • Enhanced system performance, search speed, and responsiveness across the UI.

  • File browsing, sharing, and backup/restore processes made smoother and more reliable.

  • Boosted storage mounting and format resiliency, RAID resync handling, and external storage support.

  • Improved reporting for storage health, system logs, and overall stability—especially with SSDs and encryption.

  • Better SFP speed detection and more stable SMB file operations.

  • Resolved issues with folder renaming, failed downloads, backup restore login errors, infinite loading on drive.ui.com, toast notification bugs, and destination switching during backups.


One of the more frequently cited early limitations was the lack of support for advanced RAID configurations and flexible storage management. At launch, users were restricted to basic options like RAID 1, 5, and a variant of RAID 10, with no ability to create multiple independent storage pools. This particularly limited users who wanted to separate SSDs for high-speed cache or hot data from HDDs used for cold or archival storage.

Three months after launch, UniFi began rolling out RAID 6 support—a heavily requested feature—and its integration was further refined by the six-month mark. Notably, users who had initially set up a RAID 5 with a hot spare could now migrate more smoothly to RAID 6 without complete data loss, provided certain steps were followed. While the system still lacks support for custom pool creation or tiered storage strategies, the RAID 6 addition is a clear example of Ubiquiti incorporating community feedback into its development roadmap.

Early adopters also flagged the limited backup options as a major downside, especially for offsite or cloud-based protection. Initially, users were confined to backups via SMB or to another UNAS unit, with Google Drive being the only available cloud service. This created friction for users looking to consolidate cloud storage or use existing platforms.

By the six-month update, support had been added for Dropbox and Microsoft OneDrive, expanding options and bringing the system more in line with mainstream NAS offerings. While other major providers like Amazon S3 or Backblaze B2 remain unsupported, the progress demonstrates ongoing development—even if somewhat slower than expected.

Administrative oversight and user management were similarly underdeveloped at launch. The inability for a super admin to manage, view, or initiate backups on user-specific drives was seen as a major gap in functionality. This was especially problematic in small businesses or households where centralized management is essential. At the six-month mark, UniFi addressed this by enabling admins to directly control user backup routines, offering a more appropriate level of oversight. Though expected in any multi-user NAS environment, this feature only arrived after considerable community pressure, reflecting a reactive—rather than proactive—development pattern.

Performance concerns also became more visible in real-world use. While general file transfers over SMB were stable for most users, large-volume or high-frequency data movements revealed issues. Users reported memory leaks, skipped files, permission errors, and signs of system instability during multi-terabyte migrations. One user described persistent problems during direct NAS-to-NAS SMB transfers, citing missing files and log entries showing out-of-memory warnings. While UniFi has issued multiple patches in response, these issues underline the system’s current limits as a high-performance data mover. Paired with its ARM-based CPU and fixed RAM, the UNAS Pro may not be ideal for workflows involving large file sets or deep nested directories with complex characters.

Quality-of-life improvements have also slowly emerged. File and folder sharing via the GUI is now more responsive, addressing early complaints that changes wouldn’t reflect until refreshing the browser or navigating away. A newly added file activity monitor provides more transparency by displaying changes and access logs on a folder-by-folder basis—a helpful addition for environments that require audit trails. Time Machine support has also been added for macOS users, allowing backups over SMB directly to the device. Additionally, executable files (.exe) now correctly run from network shares, resolving an earlier issue where files appeared to launch but did not actually execute on the system.

Despite hardware parity with UniFi’s UNVR line, the UNAS Pro still does not support UniFi Protect, Ubiquiti’s NVR platform. Although this was never advertised, its omission has disappointed users who hoped to consolidate storage and surveillance into a single device. Likewise, containerization remains absent. Users cannot deploy Docker or LXC-based services directly on the NAS. While the system is positioned more as a basic storage server than a full-featured app platform like Synology or QNAP, even lightweight container support would help bridge the gap in hybrid setups, reducing dependency on external devices for running supplemental services.

Several other features considered standard in competing NAS platforms are still missing. These include iSCSI target support, which allows for block-level storage mapping—a commonly requested enterprise feature that remains unaddressed despite repeated user requests. Scheduled power controls and Ethernet port management are also absent, limiting users’ ability to implement air-gapped operation cycles or optimize network behavior during off-hours.

Additionally, fan control settings are locked, leaving users with no way to adjust thermal behavior. System temperatures frequently hover in the 60–70°C range even during idle states, which some consider concerning. Whether due to poor fan curve logic or unreliable sensor reporting, the lack of manual override remains a drawback.

Another issue affecting a minority of users involves file download errors on mobile devices, particularly iPhones using Safari. Files would only partially download—such as halved images or incomplete audio/video files. The problem was isolated to Safari and resolved by switching to Chrome, but it exposed weaknesses in browser compatibility. Additionally, several systems erroneously report uptime durations exceeding 20,000 days—an obvious bug that, while harmless, illustrates rough edges still present in the software’s reporting logic.

As of April 2025, no additional NAS models have been added to the UniFi lineup. There is still only a single variant of the UNAS Pro, and no indications of rackmount, multi-unit, or lower-tier models have been announced. This suggests Ubiquiti is still treating this device as a pilot platform. The pace of development has been steady, with multiple small improvements and responses to community feedback, but foundational gaps remain. For users who need secure, reliable bulk storage within an existing UniFi network, the UNAS Pro is increasingly serviceable.

However, for broader use cases, it still lacks the depth, flexibility, and robustness of more established NAS vendors. Defintely a device with a long term plan, but it is not in a big hurry to stretch it’s muscles quite yet – but at $499, it has an exceptionally low bar for entry price wise for what you are getting!

 


 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Synology vs UGREEN NAS (in 2025)

Par : Rob Andrews
25 avril 2025 à 17:00

Synology vs UGREEN NAS – Which One Deserves Your Money and Your Data?

In the evolving world of network-attached storage (NAS), users in 2025 are faced with a broader range of choices than ever before. Among the most discussed options in both professional and enthusiast communities are Synology and UGREEN. Synology has been a mainstay in the industry for over two decades, known for its reliable software, long-term support, and deeply integrated ecosystem. UGREEN, by contrast, is a relative newcomer to the NAS market in the West, but has quickly established itself as a serious contender by offering competitive hardware and pricing. Originally known for consumer tech peripherals, UGREEN has leveraged its manufacturing experience and market agility to carve out space in an area traditionally dominated by established NAS brands.

This comparison aims to provide a clear, unbiased overview of both brands, structured across several key categories: hardware capabilities, storage flexibility, software ecosystem, security infrastructure, pricing strategy, and overall value proposition. While some buyers may lean toward a brand due to legacy, others are driven by performance-per-dollar, or openness to customization. It’s important to understand that neither brand is objectively “better” in all respects. Instead, each appeals to different user priorities. What follows is a breakdown of how Synology and UGREEN compare across the board, giving potential buyers the tools they need to make a decision that aligns with their use case, technical comfort level, and long-term plans.


Synology vs UGREEN NAS Hardware Compared 

Synology’s hardware lineup spans everything from small 1-bay entry-level NAS units to rackmount enterprise-class systems with dual controllers. With approximately 15–25 models available at any given time, the variety on offer is extensive. This allows users to choose systems that align closely with their needs—whether that’s for simple backups, media streaming, virtualization, or business-critical data management. However, despite the breadth of its portfolio, Synology’s consumer and SMB offerings are frequently criticized for underpowered processors and limited upgrade paths. Many of their mid-tier models still rely on AMD Embedded or lower-end Intel chips, and memory configurations are often modest compared to similarly priced alternatives. PCIe expansion, 10GbE networking, and true Flash storage support are typically reserved for only the highest-tier devices.

UGREEN, on the other hand, has entered the NAS space with a clear emphasis on hardware strength. Their NASync series—although more limited in model variety—delivers high-performance components out of the box. Even in models priced around $1,100 to $1,200 USD, UGREEN includes features like Intel i5 processors, 16GB of DDR5 RAM, dual 10GbE ports, USB4, SD card slots, and Thunderbolt connectivity. Most of specifications are generally only found in Synology’s XS or SA series, which can cost double or triple the price. In terms of build quality, UGREEN’s enclosures also lean toward a more robust, enterprise-like design with better thermal management and port selection. While they may not yet offer the same portfolio depth or high-end rackmount solutions, the raw hardware value they deliver—especially for power users and media professionals—is difficult to overlook.


Synology DSM vs UGREEN UGOS NAS Software & Services

Storage features and flexibility represent one of the most contested areas between the two brands. Synology has developed a very feature-rich storage management system over the years, offering support for RAID configurations, Btrfs and EXT4 file systems, fast RAID rebuilds, advanced iSCSI LUN management, and deep integration with backup and synchronization tools.

File Services SMB/NFS/AFP/WebDAV ✅ Supported ✅ Supported (AFP not confirmed) Core protocols available
iSCSI Support ✅ Native iSCSI manager ❌ Not currently supported Important for VM/block-level storage
RAID & Storage RAID 0/1/5/6/10, SHR ✅ SHR and traditional RAID ✅ Traditional RAID 0/1/5/6/10 No SHR support in UGREEN
Snapshots ✅ Btrfs-based with GUI versioning ✅ Btrfs-based snapshots Comparable snapshot system
Deduplication ✅ Btrfs-based ❌ Planned, not available yet UGREEN roadmap feature
Encryption ✅ Volume/folder/drive-level + WORM ❌ No integrated encryption Major security difference
SSD Caching ✅ GUI-managed ✅ CLI-managed only (UI planned) Limited interface currently

Their platform also supports drive pooling, storage tiering (in some models), and robust snapshot capabilities. Expansion options are a strong point too, with a range of proprietary expansion units that allow users to scale storage well beyond the original NAS chassis. These are bolstered by robust utilities in DSM that help manage redundancy, performance, and data recovery, all while maintaining consistency across the ecosystem.

However, Synology’s 2025 policy shift around hard drive compatibility introduces a significant caveat. Newer devices now strictly require Synology-branded drives for both HDD and SSD roles, including caching and storage pools. This effectively locks users into the Synology ecosystem and limits the ability to use commonly available alternatives from WD, Seagate, Samsung, and others. Availability issues in some regions further complicate this approach.

UGREEN, conversely, supports a far more open system—allowing users to populate their NAS devices with nearly any 2.5″, 3.5″, or NVMe drive on the market. With support for drives up to 24TB and Gen 4 NVMe speeds reaching 6,000–7,000 MB/s, UGREEN offers unmatched flexibility in storage media. However, their systems currently lack support for iSCSI and official expansion units, which could be a limitation for more advanced storage scenarios.


Software Comparison

Synology’s DiskStation Manager (DSM) is widely regarded as one of the most refined and mature NAS operating systems in the market. Backed by over two decades of development, DSM offers a wide range of first-party apps covering backup, multimedia, productivity, collaboration, and virtualization.

Tools like Synology Drive, Active Backup for Business, and Synology Photos provide enterprise-grade capabilities in a consumer-friendly package. The platform also integrates with cloud services like Office 365 and Google Workspace, and includes support for SANs, VMs, containers, and cloud sync. Importantly, most of these apps are license-free, representing significant value over time. The application center in DSM is extensive, and Synology’s desktop and mobile client tools are similarly well-developed.

Category Feature Synology UGREEN NASync (DXP Series) Notes
Core OS OS DSM (DiskStation Manager) UGOS Synology has a mature, polished UI
Mobile Apps ✅ Multiple DS apps across iOS/Android ✅ One core management app + FireTV/Google Home apps Broader app suite on Synology
Virtualization & Containers Virtual Machines ✅ Virtual Machine Manager ✅ Dedicated VM app Both platforms now offer VMs
Docker Support ✅ GUI + Docker CLI ✅ Portainer + Docker CLI Equal container support
GPU Passthrough ❌ Not available ❌ Not supported Neither platform offers this
AI & Surveillance AI Services ✅ Facial/people detection on DVA NAS ✅ Advanced AI model recognition (Photo AI) UGREEN offers more AI model types
Surveillance Suite ✅ Surveillance Station (native) ❌ No native system (use Frigate, MotionEye via Docker) Docker-based alternative
Media & Streaming Plex Media Server ✅ Native app support ✅ Docker-only installation Equal in function
Jellyfin ❌ Docker/homebrew only ✅ Native app available More flexible on UGREEN
Video App ❌ Video Station is EOL ✅ Native video player app UGREEN actively supports this
Backup & Sync Backup Solutions ✅ Hyper Backup, Active Backup Suite ✅ Rsync, SMB, Cloud Backup, USB GUI edge to Synology
Cloud Sync ✅ Native Cloud Sync app ❌ Planned, rclone CLI workaround only Still in development
Remote Access DDNS + Tunnel ✅ QuickConnect ✅ UGREEN-hosted tunnel system Functional equivalents
App Ecosystem App Center ✅ Extensive with many native packages ✅ Real app center, but much smaller Synology has a broader catalog
Package Manager ✅ synopkg ✅ APT + Docker

UGREEN’s UGOS, by contrast, is still in its early stages—at least in the Western market—but has made notable progress. Built on a Linux-based open-source foundation, UGOS offers a modern UI and essential features like RAID management, Docker support, virtualization, remote access, and media streaming. The system is responsive and user-friendly, with most core NAS functions well-covered.

UGREEN’s App Center is less populated but growing, and the brand has made particular strides in AI-driven features—particularly in its photo application, which allows customizable object and face recognition with trainable AI modules. While still lacking some advanced enterprise features like Synology’s iSCSI or SAN support, UGOS is impressive for a brand with only a few years of development. Notably, UGREEN also supports the installation of third-party operating systems like TrueNAS or OpenMediaVault, appealing to users who want full control over their NAS.


Synology vs UGREEN NAS – Security 

When it comes to security, Synology’s long-standing reputation and infrastructure give it a distinct advantage. Over the years, the company has invested heavily in platform hardening, threat detection, and vulnerability response. The built-in Security Advisor not only scans for malware and viruses but also detects weak passwords, outdated software, open ports, and potentially exploitable system configurations. Synology participates in vulnerability disclosure programs, works with penetration testers, and maintains a public-facing security advisory database. They’ve even implemented a bounty system to reward ethical hackers for reporting vulnerabilities. These layers of proactive defense have earned Synology its reputation as one of the most secure NAS platforms in the world.

UGREEN has not experienced any public security incidents as of 2025, but its shorter time in the market means less historical data on its resilience. Their systems now include two-factor authentication and basic malware scanning, but currently lack the more comprehensive vulnerability detection tools that Synology provides. The security advisor in UGOS focuses primarily on active threats like viruses rather than system-level hardening.

That said, UGREEN has been responsive to user feedback and appears committed to improving its security infrastructure. For experienced users who follow best practices and secure their networks effectively, this may not be a deal-breaker. However, for enterprise users or those deploying systems in high-risk environments, Synology’s mature security ecosystem provides more peace of mind.

Remote Access DDNS + Tunnel ✅ QuickConnect ✅ UGREEN-hosted tunnel system Functional equivalents
Security & Access Security Advisor ✅ Ransomware, audit, malware, system hardening ❌ Basic malware scanning only Synology offers deeper protections
VPN Server ✅ Native UI for OpenVPN, L2TP, PPTP ✅ Docker-based VPNs (WireGuard, OpenVPN) Manual setup on UGREEN
SSL Certificates ✅ Let’s Encrypt + GUI ✅ Let’s Encrypt via Web UI Parity here
2FA Support ✅ App-based 2FA ✅ TOTP/Web 2FA Both support 2FA login

Synology vs UGREEN NAS – Pricing and Value 

Pricing is one of the most decisive factors favoring UGREEN in 2025. The brand offers high-performance hardware at price points that undercut Synology by a substantial margin. An 8-bay UGREEN NAS with an Intel i5 CPU, 16GB DDR5 RAM, dual 10GbE, and Thunderbolt can be purchased for roughly $1,200-1300 (store depending). A Synology unit with similar specs would require jumping to the DS1823xs+ or even the SA series—devices that retail between $1,800 and $3,000 depending on configuration and region. This gap in price-performance makes UGREEN especially appealing to users who want modern hardware for tasks like 4K video editing, large-scale backups, or AI analytics but can’t justify enterprise-level spending.

Synology’s pricing strategy is rooted more in its software and long-term value. While the upfront cost may be higher, the investment is offset by an integrated ecosystem, professional-grade applications, and superior long-term support. For some buyers, particularly businesses and advanced home users who need software stability and vendor accountability, the price premium is justified. However, for price-sensitive consumers, hobbyists, or those comfortable managing their own systems, UGREEN’s value proposition is hard to beat. It’s also worth noting that UGREEN’s openness to third-party operating systems can further extend the device’s utility without adding cost, whereas Synology systems are heavily locked into their proprietary software environment. Here is a comparison of the Synology DS1823xs+ and the UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS. Around $449 difference, but also the general level of the hardware inside and externally is technically higher on the UGREEN system. That said, the Synology system software does a huge amount with it’s software, keeping things super efficient. So, now let’s discuss storage and the respective software that both of these platforms offer to house and protect your data.


Synology vs UGREEN NAS – Verdict & Conclusion

Choosing between Synology and UGREEN in 2025 ultimately comes down to what matters most to the user. Synology is the more mature and refined platform, with a rock-solid software ecosystem, strong security credentials, and long-standing industry credibility. It is ideal for users who want a fully integrated solution with minimal tinkering, extensive app support, and professional-grade backup, synchronization, and collaboration tools. However, the brand’s increasing restrictions on drive compatibility, slower hardware updates, and higher prices may discourage users seeking flexibility or better raw performance.

UGREEN, while newer and still building out its software platform, delivers excellent hardware value and impressive flexibility for the price. It supports a wide range of third-party drives, offers strong virtualization and AI capabilities, and even allows OS replacement—making it highly appealing to power users and technologists. While it may not yet match Synology in software maturity or enterprise security, it is evolving rapidly and clearly resonates with a growing segment of the NAS market. For buyers focused on hardware, performance, and freedom of customization, UGREEN may be the better choice today. For those seeking long-term support, stable software, and enterprise-grade functionality, Synology still sets the benchmark across the rest of the NAS industry in terms of providing an all covering solution, though there is no denying that buyers are getting a little more cost aware. Synology clearly has it’s eyes on bigger prizes right now, and perhaps this is a growing gap in the market that UGREEN is eying up – knife and fork in hand!

NAS Solutions

NAS Solutions

+ Better Software (In almost every respect!)

+ Much Better Global Support Presence

+ More More business desirable

+ Larger Range of solutions

– Compatibility restrictions on HDD and Upgrades More and more

– Underwhelming hardware (comparatively)

+ Better Hardware for Price

+ Flexibility to Install 3rd Party OS’

+ Excellent Mobile Application

+ Wide accessory compatibility

– Software still has beta elements

– The company has a much shorter NAS Market Experience

Check Amazon By Clicking Below:

Check Amazon By Clicking Below:

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

 

Synology 2025 NAS Hard Drive and SSD Lock In Confirmed – Bye, Bye Seagate and WD

Par : Rob Andrews
16 avril 2025 à 12:30

Synology is closing the gap on third-party hard drive support further in 2025

UPDATE 4 – The Synology DS925+ NAS is NOW LIVE, and that means that the extent to which you can use 3rd Party HDDs and SSDs on the 2025 series (at the time of writing) a now alot clearer. As it stands, it means the following:

If you use Synology 1st Party Drives – Everything is EXACTLY the way it was with Initialization, Storage Pool Creation and System operations:

As discussed on the videos and articles here on NASCompares, if you use HDDs that are NOT on the 2025 generation Synology NAS compatibility list, you will be able to initialize the system out of the box. This is a digniicant departure from when Synology alloed you to install DSM on unverified storage drives on other devices, but did so with warnings and disclaimers during the Storage Pool and Volume setup:

If you have an existing Synology NAS with HDD/SSD that are/were on the compatibility list of your older system, but are currently NOT on the 2025 generation Synology NAS (ie the DS925+, DS1525+, DS1825+, DS225+, DS425+, etc), you CAN still physically migrate the drives and your DSM setup over to the new system – however the system will show multiple ‘At Risk’ and ‘Warning ‘ signs across the board, and Red and Amber text/icons will appear at numerous points in the storage manager. So this is a little jarring to say the least, and if you are a System Installer or hired IT admin that upgrades a client’s setup via this method, defintely take the time to soften the blow with your ‘end user’ if they will be accessing DSM down the line – as it does look very alarming.

Interestingly (and importantly – at the time of writing!), if you install SATA SSDs in the DS925+ 2025 series device (despite them not being listed currently on the Synology media supported compatibility tests) these seemingly let you continue with your DSM installation as normal. However, keep in mind that much like when you physically migrate drives from an older Synology system, that if the SATA SSDs you are using are still not on the 2025 generation device compatibility lists, it will still the same amber and red warnings as before:

Additionally, some users wondered about whether you could expand an exxisting Synology Storage Pool that featured verified drives with an unverified 3rd party HDD after the DSM installation was complete. Sadly, the answer is ‘no’, and choosing the expansion option in the Synology Storage manager when you have the unverified drive installed will show the available drive, but the option to initiate a storage expansion will result in a pop up message telling you that the drive media is not suitable/verified:

When it comes to M.2 NVMes – Synology have strictly adhered by the same support and compatibility stance as they did on the SATA HDD support mentioned above, but also adding that the 2025 generation of devices will not be able to use 3rd Party m.2 NVMe SSDs (that are not on the compatibility list, which is only their own SNV series of drives at the time of recording) for both storage pools AND caching – the latter of which was always possible even with unverified M.2 SSDs.

I am currently running other tests. Synology do say that they are working with WD and Seagate (and others?) to get further drives verified – moving drive verification processes over to the drive media companies themselves. However this does still mean that, at the time of writing, the Synology DS925+ (and any other 2025 series devices that roll out in the very near future) with only the Synology branded drives as a choice.

UPDATE 3 – Synology has now made the DS925+ NAS NAS Product Page live in several of the Eastern regions (China, Australia, Japan – not the Taiwan page yet however). With it, we can now see the official compatibility pages. On the hard drive page there is now only Synology Drive media, and the option to select supported 3rd party HDD choices is removed. For all we know, this will return if/when 3rd party drives from WD and Seagate are verified. But at least for now, it seems the brand is serious about only recommending its own storage media in their 2025 systems at launch:

The full list of drives includes the Synology Plus series of HDDs, the Enterprise class drives and the enterprise class SATA SSDs. However, there are currently no Surveillance class drives listed (WD Purple/Seagate Skyhawk, etc):

In terms of M.2 NVMe SSD support, the brand has also removed any selection of 3rd party SSDs from Samsung, WD, Seagate, etc. I am particularly surprised about this, as their own M.2 drives are good for durability, but performance-wise are much lower than most in the market and whether it is as caching drives or as storage pools, there are definitely a lot of good options in the market. I hope Synology roll out some performance class SSDs to compensate for this very soon.


 

UPDATE 2 (22/04) – I have been in communication with several representatives from Synology regarding this matter to get further clarification on this from them. The following statement was provided by a senior Synology representative and provided publicly with their consent :

 

“Synology’s storage systems have been transitioning to a more appliance-like business model. Starting with the 25-series, DSM will implement a new HDD compatibility policy in accordance with the published Product Compatibility List. Only listed HDDs are supported for new system installations. This policy is not retroactive and will not affect existing systems and new installations of already released models. Drive migrations from older systems are supported with certain limitations.

As of April 2025, the list will consist of Synology drives. Synology intends to constantly update the Product Compatibility List and will introduce a revamped 3rd-party drive validation program.”

Reason for the new Synology HCL Policy:

Each component in a Synology storage solution is carefully engineered and tested to maintain data security and reliability. Based on customer support statistics over the past few years, the use of validated drives results in nearly 40% fewer storage-related issues and faster issue diagnostics and resolution.

  • Each validated hard drive on the compatibility list undergoes over 7,000 hours of comprehensive compatibility testing across platforms to ensure operational reliability.
  • Technical support data shows that validated drives result in a 40% lower chance of encountering critical disk issues.
  • For models that have adopted the new hard drive compatibility policy, severe storage anomalies have decreased by up to 88% compared to previous models.

By adhering to the Product Compatibility List, we can significantly reduce the variances introduced by unannounced manufacturing changes, firmware modifications, and other variations that are difficult for end-users and Synology to identify, much less track. Over the past few years, Synology has steadily expanded its storage drive ecosystem, collaborating with manufacturing partners to ensure a stable and consistent lineup of drives with varying capacities and competitive price points. Synology intends to expand its offerings and is committed to maintaining long-term availability, which is not available with off-the-shelf options. We understand that this may be a significant change for some of our customers and are working on ways to ease the transition. Synology is already collaborating with our partners to develop a more seamless purchasing experience, while maintaining the initial sizing and post-install upgrade flexibility that DSM platforms are renowned for.” – Senior Synology Representative on the record.

 

Original Article:

Over the last few years, Synology have not been exact about being forward in supporting. Back in 2021, we started to see the brand reduce the number of third-party hard drives and SSDs on their systems. This diminishing support has manifested itself in two main ways. The first is that drives that are listed on the official support and compatibility pages have significantly reduced, favouring the utilisation of their own growing range of hard drives and SSD media. The second way this has presented itself drew significant criticism in 2022/2023, when utilising third-party hardware resulted in the system presenting warning messages and even service limitations being suggested. It appears that this is something they are putting into force for their new 2025 series of devices. Numerous websites in Germany have today reported that Synology plans to go full first-party drive priority on all systems released from the 2025 generation and onwards. An official statement from Synology via an official source has not been released, but it appears that the brand is going to go hard on pushing their own drives when using their own systems – at least at launch. So, what are the intended limitations for those who want to use non-Synology branded drives from Seagate and Western Digital? And why would Synology do this with their systems that have been open for over 25 years? Let’s discuss.

UPDATE #2 – There is now an official press release by Synology on this, available from Synology.de:

Synology is increasingly relying on its own ecosystem for upcoming Plus models Germany, Düsseldorf – April 16, 2025Following the success of the High-Performance series, the company is now increasingly relying on Synology’s own storage media for the Plus series models, which will be released starting in 2025. Users will thus benefit from higher performance, increased reliability, and more efficient support.  “With our proprietary hard drive solution, we have already seen significant benefits for our customers in a variety of deployment scenarios,” said Chad Chiang, Managing Director of Synology GmbH and Synology UK. “By expanding our integrated ecosystem to the Plus series, we aim to provide all users—from home users to small businesses—with the highest levels of security and performance, while also offering significantly more efficient support.”  For users, this means that starting with the Plus series models released in 2025, only Synology’s own hard drives and third-party hard drives certified according to Synology’s specifications will be compatible and offer the full range of functions and support.

There will be no changes for Plus models released up to and including 2024 (excluding the XS Plus series and rack models). Furthermore, migrating hard drives from existing Synology NAS to a new Plus model will continue to be possible without restrictions.  The use of compatible and unlisted hard drives will be subject to certain restrictions in the future, such as pool creation and support for issues and failures caused by the use of incompatible storage media. Volume-wide deduplication, lifespan analysis, and automatic hard drive firmware updates will only be available for Synology hard drives in the future.  Tight integration of Synology NAS systems and hard drives reduces compatibility issues and increases system reliability and performance. At the same time, firmware updates and security patches can be deployed more efficiently, ensuring a high level of data security and more efficient support for Synology customers.

TL;DR: Synology to Restrict Third-Party Drive Functionality on 2025+ NAS Models

Starting with the 2025 generation of Synology Plus series NAS devices, the company appears to be tightening restrictions on third-party hard drives. While you’ll still be able to use non-Synology drives (like those from Seagate or WD), early reports suggest that certain features may be limited or disabled unless you’re using Synology-branded or Synology-certified drives. According to preliminary reporting (not yet officially confirmed by Synology), using third-party drives may restrict (i.e several news reports indicate this, but no official statement/confirmation yet):

  • Creation of storage pools

  • Access to health monitoring tools

  • Volume-wide deduplication support

  • Drive lifespan analysis

  • Automatic firmware updates

  • Access to official Synology support

Older NAS models (up to and including 2024, excluding XS+ and rackmount units) are not affected. Drive migration from existing systems to new ones should remain possible — but full functionality may require Synology drives.

SourceHERE (or click below)

What are the proposed limitations of using third-party hard drives in the Synology 2025 lineup?

Although the brand themselves, at the time of writing, has not officially stated that devices after the 2025 series will only support their drives, sources highlighted on numerous news outlets have detailed that a number of key storage features and functionality are going to be limited. These include health monitoring tools, deduplication features built into DSM, official support from the brand in some cases, and (most worrying of all if it’s true) storage pool support. I’m still waiting for further clarification if this storage pool support limitation to first-party drives is only referring to the use of M.2 NVMEs in storage pools (something we are already aware of from the 2023 series), or whether people are not going to be able to use third-party hard drives in storage pools moving forward in 2025 series releases. But it would seemingly very much indicate the latter. It’s also worth highlighting that this limitation seems to be a ‘launch’ choice and may also mean that drives are granularly added to the supported pages as the likes of WD and Seagate submit compatibility reports. But the message seems to be that Synology themselves will not be the ones who verify the drive compatibility.

It should also be worth highlighting that users who have purchased devices before the 2025 lineup will not be currently affected by this change and will continue to have broader support of third-party hard drives, although even that has diminished since 2021–2022 as it stands. This does bring into question for some whether this broader policy is something that would be applied in a large-scale DSM update down the road, i.e. DSM 7.3 or DSM 8. For now, until we have an official statement from the brand or access to compatibility lists for the intended new products, we need to reserve our full judgement.

Why would Synology reduce compatibility with the majority of third-party hard drives (Seagate and WD)?

There are plenty of reasons why Synology would consider a move like this, for good and for bad. So in the interest of balance, let’s start positive. What are the good reasons why Synology would endeavour to only support the use of their own storage media in their systems?

  • To a much smaller group, it allows them to tailor performance and system deployment expectations a great deal more realistically and could result in improved overall performance for all users, as it allows the development of future solutions to be significantly more targeted.
  • If Synology solutions only support Synology drives, it allows the brand to be a great deal more effective at reducing the TCO of the system to buyers, as it will be an all-in-one party solution and even opens the door to the brand rolling out bundled systems that will further reduce the total cost of ownership.

  • Export costs in the US — Synology centralising the full component list of their products to the end user can also allow them to better absorb any potential costs efficiently and hopefully pass those cost savings onto the consumer, reducing reservations on purchasing the product in light of potential price hikes.
  • Support will be a great deal more specialised if end user deployments have fewer variables to consider, resulting in reduced support resolution times and potentially improved support services as an end result for all users.

Beyond the other potential benefits, they will be considering this proposition to drastically reduce third-party hard drive compatibility and utilisation in the 2025 lineup:

  • In a word, profit. Having their own storage hard drives as the main — and potentially only — storage option alongside their systems will allow the brand to make profit vertically across the product deployment. For a long time, the brand was only really monetizing the core system itself, which is really only going to be replaced every 7 to 10 years for most users. Storage media, given the escalating growth rate of people’s data, will require a great deal more regular replacement.

  • If Synology storage media is largely the only option to buyers, the brand has a greater degree of control over which products are available. So, for example, currently Synology has fewer different capacity tiers and drive variation tiers compared with other brands (i.e. 24TB drives, surveillance-optimized drives, M.2 NVMEs built for performance, etc.), so in some cases a user may have to opt for a larger capacity or a more enterprise-class drive when they might not need to.

  • Eliminates smaller-scale purchases. This is a particularly cynical point of view, I know, but a move like this will almost certainly push value series devices significantly more towards the likes of the BeeStation (which are already pre-populated and fixed with Synology storage media) and away from the Plus series, as a divide begins to appear in terms of the overall total purchase price for many users. Alongside upselling their value series to that buyer tier, it will also move only more serious buyers towards the Plus series and higher from 2025 onwards.

All of the above reasoning towards why Synology would prioritise their own drives over that of third parties are my own points of view, but I do think there’s a ring of truth in some of them.7

What are the potential problems surrounding Synology’s push toward its own storage media over third-party drives?

There are several small issues that are worth highlighting in this broader plan of Synology hard drive prioritisation that we should probably touch on — and hopefully ones that Synology themselves will resolve quickly if this is something they’re going to push hard on. Such as:

  • The brand inadvertently revealed earlier this year that they are working on a 6 x 2.5-inch SATA SSD system called the DS-625 Slim. However, the only 2.5-inch SATA SSD media the brand has are way too enterprise — the SAT5200 series — and would be like putting a Ferrari engine into a Ford Focus in terms of the disparity in the hardware being used and the price point!

  • Synology has still yet to introduce higher-performing M.2 NVMe storage media, and although several of the new 2025 series of devices arrive with M.2 NVMe support, Synology’s own M.2 SSDs prioritise durability over performance. That is a good thing, but users who are not going to be able to use third-party SSDs for caching or storage pools face being restricted to much lower-performing SSDs in these bays.

  • How will the system identify the use of third-party drives, and to what extent are these drives going to be limited? Although lots of details have been revealed in the news reports today, we’re still yet to see a full detailing from Synology themselves on an official platform.
  • Surveillance utilisation. Synology has an impressive range of surveillance solutions in the NVR and DVA series, as well as support for Surveillance Station on the majority of their systems, but to date, the brand still does not have surveillance-optimised hard drives in its lineup. Surveillance-optimised hard drive media like WD Purple are designed to have much higher write performance leveraging rather than read, and surveillance drives are generally only accessed for a very small percentage of the time when in use. Will third-party drive limitations extend to these systems as well?

I’m still waiting on an official Synology response on this matter, as there have been early indications (such as the Synology DS925+ Amazon.co.uk link 2 days ago) that indicate some of these systems may be arriving in May 2025 — not that far away! So, until we have full and officially backed confirmation on this, still treat it with a grain of salt. I’d be lying if I said I wasn’t a little disheartened by this move by the brand, as although their software is still absolutely the king of the hill in the world of NAS, further restrictions on their more modest hardware to only use their own range of hard drives — versus that of more widely available, globally distributed, and industry veteran–backed drives — seems a very odd move, and one that I think a lot of home/prosumer/enthusiast/SMB users might take issue with.

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle


Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

The Best Travel Routers, SIM-LTE Routers and Pocket Internet Devices (I Personally Recommend)

Par : Rob Andrews
4 avril 2025 à 18:00

The Best Travel Routers, SIM/LTE Routers and Gateway Devices I Have Ever Used

I think it would be fair to say that in 2025, unless you are travelling within your own country, chances are that you are definitely going to need some kind of internet connection in order to get around when travelling around the world. Unfortunately, the age when you could get by with an A to Z book and a handful of local phrases has long gone, and alongside the complexity of most cities growing exponentially, a lot of shops, restaurants and services are moving towards 3D barcode menus and digital-only point of sale resources. Add to that the enormous benefits of translation tools and Babel Fish-level communication services that are internet-assisted, and it’s almost impossible to imagine travelling around the world now without any kind of internet connection at all times. However, whether it is barriers from requiring a local phone number for authentication, or simply that you are going places without a reliable public Wi-Fi access point at your fingertips, many users have started hopefully relying on the use of portable routers, mobile access point devices and SIM card routers. In the last few years, I’ve travelled to numerous trade shows and public events around the world, and in that time required different kinds of mobile router device in order to get things done professionally. Sometimes I’ve needed a simple router that allows me to safely and securely use public Wi-Fi services in coffee shops and train stations. Other times I’ve needed a dedicated internet connection from a cell phone provider via SIM card to be available 24/7. Over the years, I’ve used numerous devices, good and bad, and to save you a lot of trouble, I’m going to go through the ones that I (and professional colleagues that I’ve met) have come to rely upon in their day-to-day professional travel. I will also include a router that has consistently let me and a number of my professional colleagues down on a regular basis, in order to help you avoid making the same mistake we did. Let’s go.

IMPORTANT – You Might Not Need a SIM Router!

Before I go any further, it’s worth highlighting that none of the physical travel routers that I recommend below have paid for this article, and all of the opinions provided are my own, those of my professional colleagues, and are based on years of genuine use together. I have included links to purchase these items, and doing so will result in a small commission that helps me keep doing what I do, but the brands themselves have no influence over the content of this article.

Using Airport Routers – Are They Safe?

It’s also worth mentioning that it has become increasingly common, especially in the East, for users to be able to rent travel routers with a dedicated cellular internet connection from a local airport. These can be incredibly affordable and very convenient, as they often eliminate the need for purchasing a whole router device for your travel. I have used these a couple of times when travelling to Hong Kong and Taipei, Taiwan, when I’ve needed to travel especially light and with only hand luggage. However, be aware that these do arrive with some caveats. Firstly, you will need to supply the vendor with a passport, documentation, as well as provide a deposit for security purposes. Secondly, be aware that the level of control that you have over your network will be extremely limited, and you will have zero admin control of the router. That means that not only can you not adapt the router in terms of quality and priority of service for different devices, but you cannot utilise an in-router VPN or be 100% certain that the data and passwords that pass through the router are not being collected in some way. I am not suggesting that all mobile router providers are inherently untrustworthy, I am simply saying that these options are limited, and I would only recommend them as short-term, ad hoc options at best.

You Might Not Need a Travel Router in Europe!

Last point, and this is mainly for Europeans but does also apply to some other regions of the world, in some cases, if you already have an existing cellular contract for your phone data, it may still be supported in the region you intend to visit. For example, even though the UK chose to leave the EU, there is still shared coverage of cellular providers across the majority of Europe, and your O2/EE/Vodafone data plan may well work in the majority of other European countries, still within your own data allowances. It is by no means a solid rule, but it is worth checking before you travel, as it may save you the need for a travel router at all.


GL.iNet Slate 7

Pros – Wi-Fi 7, dual-band, physical VPN switch, fully functional software, mobile app, physical RJ45 2.5GbE connections, touchscreen LCD, USB NAS storage sharing support, app centre, multiple VPN support, USB tethering, USB phone tethering.

Cons  Requires USB power, no SIM card slot, no eSIM support.

Currently, this is the newest addition to my travel kit when going anywhere in the world. Although it has only been physically present in my travel bag for a little over 6 weeks, I have known about this device for almost half a year, and GL.iNet made a lot of noise in their early development of the device and received a lot of early praise. Touted as one of, if not the first, Wi-Fi 7 travel routers, this device allows you to take advantage of bandwidth enhancements like Multi-Link Operation and faster data supported in Wi-Fi 7. Although it lacks support for the 6GHz band, it has still been an ever-reliable source of connectivity to me when I need to use public Wi-Fi services and I need to ensure that they are as secure as possible. GL.iNet has been in the business of making travel routers for a while, and indeed there is a second router mentioned later in this article, but even in the short time I’ve utilised this travel router, it has been something of a game changer when I need to travel light.

It features a touchscreen LCD that allows me to configure and connect on the go without the app, the open-source software allows me to use third-party applications, create storage shares with a USB, and it also supports multiple simultaneous internet connections for both failover and load balancing. That means that you can utilise a local USB-connected phone or dongle, connect to a third-party Wi-Fi connection, and even repeat an existing connection, giving you a 2-tier failover for when you need it. Additionally, it features two physical RJ45 ports that support both WAN and LAN utilisation, and both are 2.5Gb bandwidth.

All that said, keep in mind that this is a gateway device and not a SIM/LTE router. The device does not support eSIM usage and does not have any physical SIM card slot. This is a device for securely and conveniently connecting multiple devices at once to a single existing internet connection via a connected cable or via a third-party available Wi-Fi point. You are still going to need an existing internet connection going in, in order to really take advantage of the features and facilities of this router on your travels.


Solis 5G SIM Router

Pros – Free worldwide 1GB of data every month without a paid subscription requirement, Wi-Fi 6 support, eSIM and physical SIM card slot, USB power bank support, LCD touchscreen, dual-band, guest Wi-Fi SSID option, multiple data plan subscriptions on pay-as-you-go, coverage of the majority of the world, regular deals during seasonal events, USB tethering.

Cons – No physical RJ45 connections, some users will be put off by the optional subscription services.

The Solis 5G is a very different kind of travel router than the GL.iNet Slate 7 I just mentioned. Not only does this travel router feature a physical SIM/LTE slot for adding a cellular data plan in your local country of choice, but it also supports the use of the pay-as-you-go daily data plans available from Solis. Now, I will get onto the advantages and disadvantages of that shortly, but what I really think is cool about this product is that when you buy it and create an account (no bank details or subscription sign-up at all—just an email address, etc.), it entitles you to 1GB of free global data every single month.

That means that if you only plan on travelling internationally once a month on average, you will have a gigabyte of data available to you for absolutely no additional cost. And unless you plan on doing large data uploads or streaming high-definition movies on your travels, 1GB of data can go an exceptionally long way with regards to transportation and maps from the airport to the hotel, utilising translation applications every single day, making international internet phone calls on WhatsApp or WeChat, etc.

Otherwise, you can purchase individual unlimited days of data in packs of single days or multiple days in bundles that you can use ad hoc when you need to. Add to that that there are regular sales and offers on the Solis website during Black Friday, New Year, summer sales, and more, and it’s really easy to just purchase and keep a handful of individual data day passes on your account that you can choose to activate when needed for fast 5G and 4G internet services.

Moving slightly away from the internet connection, however, the device itself is no slouch either. Featuring a touchscreen LCD panel for controls and a mobile application for managing the device and its clients on the go, you can have multiple different SSIDs that vary in security and priority. The system features a large battery to maintain its operation for a great deal of time, as well as supporting USB tethering and USB power bank support.

That’ll allow you to also use it to charge up your USB devices when needed. Support for Wi-Fi 6 ensures up to 1.2Gbps connections to your client devices that feature support for 802.11ax over the two bands of 5GHz and 2.4GHz, and overall, this is easily the most convenient travel router you’re ever going to find. The only main downsides are the lack of physical RJ45 network connection ports and that the software is nowhere near as configurable as that of the GL.iNet routers.


Asus RT-AX57 Go Travel Router

Pros – Wi-Fi 6, small and light at just 12 cm square and 2 cm thick,full open-source software and controls, Wi-Fi repeating, physical VPN switch, multiple VPN services supported, supports mesh with local home/office Asus router for long-term use even when not traveling.

Cons – Lacks physical SIM card slot, pricing is a little all over the place between $99 and $139, I have not personally used it for an extended period of time and it arrives via recommendation from my professional colleagues (not a “con” exactly, but I thought it was worth mentioning).

Now, full disclaimer as mentioned earlier, this is a router that I’ve only utilised personally a very light amount when I’ve been working alongside professional colleagues who have brought this with them and we’ve all connected to it. However, I have heard nothing but good things about this device from my professional colleagues both on YouTube and generally in content creation. Whether it was because of its incredible portability at just 12 cm square and 2 cm thick, the incredibly low power consumption it has, or the fact that it can be used as a mesh point with an existing Asus router at home or in the office and therefore has deployment even outside of its use as a travel-only router, there is a reason I keep seeing this travel router being used at trade shows. Much like the GL.iNet Slate 7, this router does not feature its own SIM/LTE card slot. This is a gateway device that allows you to safely and securely connect all of your devices via a single Wi-Fi connection to an existing USB-connected internet service, wired WAN service, or existing Wi-Fi service in the area.

The hardware is pretty decent for its scale, and although you can find its price to be a little bit erratic depending on the store you shop at, it is possible to find this device at just $99 at some e-retailers. The software is pretty comparable to that of GL.iNet’s software and is built on open-source with support for third-party optional plugins, USB storage sharing, VPN services via physical button, and load balancing/failover. Probably the main appeal for this travel router—something that several of my colleagues informed me was part of their decision to purchase it—is that the device can be utilised for mesh with existing Asus routers. That means that if you have an Asus router already in your home or office environment that supports mesh, you can use this travel router as a mesh node to extend your existing home Wi-Fi coverage greatly when you are not travelling. And then, when you’re ready to travel, disconnect the device and take it with you. Once again, keep in mind that it does not feature a SIM card slot and also requires USB power for operation. But it is one of the smallest travel routers on this list, and although it’s the second oldest router on this list, it is still very capable in 2025.


GL.iNet Puli AX

Pros – Does everything that you want from both a travel router and a local home/office router, has two SIM card slots, features an SD card slot, supports USB storage and NAS-like sharing, and has six antennas shared between local Wi-Fi and cellular connectivity. Features physical RJ45 ports and 2.5G WAN/LAN, includes a battery that can be easily removed if needed, clear LED display and controls, comprehensive router management software and mobile app, VPN physical button and multiple VPN protocols supported. Can be used as a prosumer router locally and easily disconnected and made portable as a travel router at any time (i.e., a 24×7 router, anywhere).

Cons – Expensive at $399-499, large size even without the battery attached.

Without a shadow of a doubt—and if you have the budget for it—the GL.iNet Puli AX SIM/LTE router is not only the best travel router I have ever used, but it might even be one of the best day-to-day routers I have ever used. That’s a pretty big statement, right? Let me explain. First and foremost, with the exception of Wi-Fi 7 support, the GL.iNet Puli AX provides everything that the Slate 7 at the start of this article does, as it utilises the same software platform and services but arrives with more memory, more CPU power/cores, and more storage by default to get started with and make the most of that software. However, it doubles down on everything that other routers from this brand provide. Need a SIM card slot? This device has two LTE/SIM card slots that support 5G and 4G SIM cards. Need physical network ports? This has two and supports 2.5G. Need portability? The system arrives with a large battery that is completely removable. Need good wireless coverage? This device has six individual antennas that cover a huge amount of local network coverage with Wi-Fi 6, and two antennas for cellular coverage. Don’t want to use a physical SIM and would rather use an eSIM? Yep, you can use an eSIM on this device too.

Much like other GL.iNet travel routers, the device supports failover across all of these SIM/eSIM/wired WAN options, and it supports load balancing, while also including Wi-Fi repeating and the ability to utilise the device as an encrypted gateway when connecting to third-party public/free Wi-Fi services. Add to all of that the fact that this router—and its comprehensive and detailed software—means that you can deploy this device in your office as your everyday router for managing countless devices and client hardware, and when you’re ready to go on your travels, the battery enables it to become a comprehensive travel router. That means that unlike other travel routers, which are only used when you travel (meaning the return on investment happens gradually over time), the Puli AX can be used 24×7 as your office router and then as your travel router—without needing to reconfigure security credentials or change anything about your setup unnecessarily between in-house and off-site use.

The Puli AX is by no means a perfect router. Of course, it is way more expensive than any other travel router on this list, and it’s also bigger—even without the battery attached. However, there is also no avoiding the fact that this is by far the most capable and powerful travel router that does absolutely everything you’re going to need, all in one device. With the exception of when I need to travel light or travel locally, I always use this router on my travels, and it has already replaced the router in my studio for day-to-day use too.

(What I said in conclusion on my dedicated Puli.AX Router review HERE) The GL.iNet Puli AX Mobile Router is arguably one of the most capable and powerful mobile routers available today. With an extensive feature set, including 5G support, Wi-Fi 6, robust failover options, and comprehensive storage capabilities, it stands out in the market. Despite its hefty price tag of $499, the value it offers in terms of functionality and reliability justifies the cost. Whether used in a static environment or on the go, this router provides a robust and versatile solution for internet connectivity. Overall, the GL.iNet Puli AX Mobile Router is an exceptional device that combines advanced features with practical usability. It is well-suited for a wide range of users, from business professionals requiring reliable internet on the go to home users seeking robust and versatile connectivity solutions. Its high price tag is justified by the extensive functionality and reliability it offers, making it a worthy investment for those who need a top-tier mobile router. Whether you’re looking for a reliable internet solution for your home, office, or travels, the Puli AX is a formidable contender that delivers on all fronts.


Avoid Netgear M6 (and most other Netgear Travel Routers for now)

I really hate to be negative, but the following is more of a warning for those of you who have seen the Netgear M6 mobile travel router—either on offer, offered by your local phone shop via contract, or even second-hand on eBay. Please do not buy this travel router, as both myself and many of my colleagues have experienced problems using the Netgear M6 travel router. On the face of it, it’s a great little thing. It’s small, offers great Wi-Fi, has a physical network port, supports SIM/LTE, includes an internal battery, and even features an LCD touchscreen that provides real-time information about the device when in operation. So, what’s the problem? Easy. For a start, it’s one of the most expensive routers for what you’re actually getting—and this applies, by the way, to the newer generation Wi-Fi 6E and Wi-Fi 7 versions too.

The router being expensive wouldn’t be a problem if the device were good enough to do the job. The Puli AX is an expensive travel router, but it has an incredible feature set and performs its role really well—so up to a point, it justifies its price tag. However, in the case of the Netgear M6, this is especially painful when you remember that this isn’t a brand coming out of left field or one you’ve never heard of. Netgear is an international brand associated with both home and professional-class hardware. Even a cursory look at the reviews online about the Netgear M6 indicates that my colleagues and I were not the only ones experiencing these issues with this router—yet these issues have persisted for many years. This isn’t written out of hate or with any intent of negativity, but simply to help stop users who might trust that this product’s name-brand label is enough to assume it’s a good router. I think it’s definitely worth spending the extra time looking around for better options first.

Examples of user other issues with the Netgear Travel Router series (couple of other examples here on the official Netgear Support Forum and on Reddit), but on the whole user feedback across Netgear’s official forums and platforms reveals a consistent pattern of serious reliability issues with the Nighthawk M6 and M6 Pro routers. Multiple users report that while the device appears promising—offering features like 5G connectivity, Wi-Fi 6, a touchscreen, and long battery life—the reality often falls short. A common issue involves internet connectivity degrading after 6 to 24 hours of uptime, with the router still technically online (able to ping or resolve DNS) but unable to load any web pages. This effectively renders the device unusable until it is rebooted. Even replacing units, SIM cards, or applying firmware updates often failed to resolve the issue. Many users, including those who rely on the M6 for home or business use, were forced to bypass its router functions entirely—using it as a basic modem while relying on a separate standalone router (like the Linksys EA8500) for Wi-Fi and LAN tasks. This workaround significantly improved performance but defeated the all-in-one purpose of the M6.

Another frequent complaint centers on overheating and throttling, especially when the device is plugged in for extended periods or placed in warmer environments. Users have reported the M6 reaching temperatures well above the recommended 35°C limit, leading to dropped connections, performance slowdowns, and in some cases, device shutdowns. Attempts to address these thermal issues—like using fans, disabling Wi-Fi, removing the battery while powered—provided only partial relief. Firmware updates are inconsistently delivered (especially via AT&T), with some users stuck on outdated builds that don’t resolve known bugs. Ultimately, for many users, the combination of high cost, unstable firmware, poor thermal management, and lackluster support has made the M6 series an unreliable choice—especially when more stable and affordable travel routers are readily available.

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle


Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

CHEAP 10GbE Adapter for Synology DS923+, DS1522+, DS723+, DS1522+ NAS – Should You Buy?

Par : Rob Andrews
2 avril 2025 à 18:00

How to Upgrade Your Synology to 10GbE Cheaper with the Xikestor SKN-A113-Mini

The XikeStor SKN-A113-Mini is a third-party 10GbE network adapter designed as a budget-friendly alternative to the official Synology E10G22-T1-MINI adapter for select NAS models, including the DS923+, DS723+, DS1522+, and RS422+. While both adapters provide similar networking capabilities, the XikeStor comes at a significantly lower cost. The Synology E10G22-T1-MINI typically retails between $130 and $180, whereas the XikeStor SKN-A113-Mini is available for $55 to $70, making it at least 50% cheaper. However, this price difference comes with trade-offs, including manual installation, potential compatibility issues, and the risk of voiding Synology’s warranty. Unlike the Synology adapter, which offers plug-and-play functionality, the XikeStor requires manual driver installation via SSH, meaning users must be comfortable with command-line tools and network configuration.

IMPORTANT – Do This At Your Own RISK!

Beyond installation challenges, long-term compatibility is a major concern. Because Synology does not officially support third-party network adapters, DSM updates could break functionality, requiring users to reinstall drivers or rollback updates. The adapter will not work until these steps are taken, making it less convenient for those who prefer a hassle-free setup. Additionally, Synology may deny support for any network-related issues if an unsupported adapter is detected in the system, meaning troubleshooting problems like unstable connections or speed drops would be left entirely to the user. For users who prioritize long-term reliability, this lack of official support can be a deal-breaker.

The build quality of the XikeStor adapter is another factor to consider. While the Synology E10G22-T1-MINI is constructed with higher-quality materials for better heat dissipation and durability, the XikeStor is lighter and may be more prone to wear over time. While many users report good performance, there is no guarantee of long-term reliability, particularly if used in a demanding 24/7 NAS environment. In summary, the XikeStor SKN-A113-Mini is best suited for users who are comfortable with manual setup, willing to risk DSM update conflicts, and do not need Synology’s official support. For those who prioritize stability, seamless updates, and manufacturer-backed troubleshooting, the Synology E10G22-T1-MINI remains the safer—though more expensive—choice.

Bottom line though, This adapter is not officially supported by Synology. While compatibility with DSM 7.2.2 has been confirmed in testing, future DSM updates may break support. Users must be prepared to troubleshoot driver issues and revert DSM updates if necessary.

Compatibility & Specifications

  • Compatible DSM Versions: Tested on DSM 7.2.2-72803 (March 2025)
  • Supported NAS Models: DS923+, DS723+, DS1522+, RS422+
  • Interface: PCIe 3.0 x2
  • Operating Temperature: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
  • Storage Temperature: -20°C to 60°C (-5°F to 140°F)
  • Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% RH
  • Warranty: 1 year
Where to Buy?
  • XikeStor SKN-A113-Mini Adapter $58 on AliExpress – HERE
  • XikeStor SKN-A113-Mini Adapter $66 on AliExpress – HERE
  • XikeStor SKN-A113-Mini Adapter £81 on Amazon – HERE
  • OFFICIAL Synology E10G22-T1-Mini Adapter $109 on Amazon – HERE

Installation Guide

Step 0! Ensure system is powered off and install the adapter in the rear of the system.

When installing the adapter first time, make sure the Synology data is BACKED UP, and that the system is powered down. Ensure that you have an additional RJ45 cable connected to the Synology NAS via the 1GbE network port (i.e have a reliable and live network connection to the NAS aside from the 10GbE adapter) as you will need to still access the GUI and NAS via this other connection until the new 10GbE adapter is functioning in your NAS.

Step 1: Check if the Adapter is visible in DSM (will not work immediately)

  1. Log into DSM and navigate to Control Panel > Network > Network Interface.
  2. If the XikeStor SKN-A113-Mini is not listed, proceed with driver installation. IMPORTANT make sure the adapter slot at least shows as ‘occupied’ – as this at least shows the card is visible.

Step 2: Enable SSH on the Synology NAS

  1. Open Control Panel > Terminal & SNMP.
  2. Enable SSH and take note of the port number.
  3. Click Apply.

Step 3: Download Required Software

  1. Go to the Putty website to download the terminal software:

  1. Obtain the latest XikeStor drivers from the official website:

Step 4: Upload the Driver Script to the NAS

  1. Log into DSM and open File Station.
  2. Create a new folder (e.g., test).
  3. Upload modules.sh to this folder.

Step 5: Access NAS via SSH and Install the Driver

There are several commands that you are going to need to use to have sufficient authorization via SSH. IMPORTANT!!! Using Terminal software and SSH commands can seriously damage your Synology NAS system. DO NOT PERSUE THIS WITHOUT A SYSTEM BACKUP IN PLACE, OR IF YOU DO NOT UNDERSTAND THE RISKS!

The commands you need to use are detailed below and are based around if you uploaded the files you downloaded from the Xikestor site to the NAS in the directory volume1/test/ . Change as appropriate to where you uploaded:

  1. Open Putty.
  2. Connect to the NAS using its IP address and the SSH port.
  3. Log in using the administrator username and password.
  4. Gain root privileges by entering:
    sudo -i
  5. Navigate to the folder where modules.sh is stored:
    cd /volume1/test
  6. Verify the presence of modules.sh by listing the files:
    ls
  7. Run the installation script:
    ./modules.sh
  8. Enter atlantic as the driver name when prompted.
  9. Copy the installed driver to the correct directory:
    cp mi-d/modules/atlantic.ko /usr/lib/modules
  10. Restart the NAS:
    reboot

Step 6: Verify Installation

  1. Log back into DSM.
  2. Navigate to Control Panel > Network > Network Interface.
  3. The XikeStor adapter should now be visible and configurable.


Performance Testing & Comparison

Test Environment:

  • NAS Model: DS923+
  • Storage Configuration: RAID 5 SSDs
  • Test Tools: AJA, CrystalDiskMark, ATTO Disk Benchmark
  • Connection Type: Direct 10GbE connection

Results:

  • The XikeStor adapter performed comparably to the Synology E10G22-T1-MINI in sequential read/write tests.
  • Some minor inconsistencies in sustained performance were observed, possibly due to driver optimizations.
  • The Synology adapter exhibited better build quality and felt more robust.


Risks & Considerations – SERIOUSLY, READ THIS!

Potential Issues with DSM Updates

  • Synology DSM updates may remove or disable third-party drivers.
  • Users may need to reinstall drivers or rollback DSM versions.
  • Installing third-party hardware may void Synology’s support coverage.
  • Synology’s official adapter is guaranteed to work without additional setup.
  • The Synology E10G22-T1-MINI uses higher-quality materials and has a more durable construction.
  • The XikeStor adapter is lighter and may be less robust.
  • The XikeStor adapter is not validated by Synology, which may raise concerns about long-term security and stability.
  • No suspicious network activity was detected during testing, but users should monitor their network traffic.

Should You Buy the XikeStor SKN-A113-Mini or the Synology E10G22-T1-MINI?

Pros: ✔ Lower cost (typically 50% cheaper than Synology’s official adapter) ✔ Comparable performance in most scenarios ✔ Works with DSM 7.1.1-7.2.2 (as of now)

Cons: ✖ Requires manual driver installation and SSH access ✖ May become incompatible with future DSM updates ✖ Build quality is not as premium as Synology’s official adapter ✖ Potential warranty implications

Final Recommendation

  • If you want hassle-free compatibility and support, the Synology E10G22-T1-MINI is the safer choice.
  • If you are tech-savvy, comfortable with SSH, and willing to troubleshoot, the XikeStor SKN-A113-Mini is a cost-effective alternative.

Where to Buy?
  • XikeStor SKN-A113-Mini Adapter $58 on AliExpress – HERE
  • XikeStor SKN-A113-Mini Adapter $66 on AliExpress – HERE
  • XikeStor SKN-A113-Mini Adapter £81 on Amazon – HERE
  • OFFICIAL Synology E10G22-T1-Mini Adapter $109 on Amazon – HERE

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-Fiber) Review – Who Needs This?

Par : Rob Andrews
24 mars 2025 à 18:00

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber Review – Overkill?

UniFi has absolutely been slamming hardware releases in the first quarter of 2025. Last year, they launched a new NAS solution, and in the last few months, we’ve seen them hammer out a wide range of new surveillance accessories. However, February 2025 has seen a huge rejuvenation of a number of wired and Wi-Fi devices in their router and cloud gateway lineup. Although we’ve seen several impressive solutions added to their new Wi-Fi 7-equipped portfolio, probably the most hench one of all is the UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber model, the UCG-Fiber. The popular UniFi Cloud Gateway series has always served as a much more compact and network-focused alternative to the bulkier UniFi Dream Machine and traditional router devices from the brand, but this new model really does scale the connectivity up to 11! Featuring multiple 10G connections spanning both copper and fiber, the system features PoE and multiple 2.5G LAN ports. Add to that arguably the most powerful internal hardware that the brand has yet rolled out (though realistically, UniFi doesn’t really choose powerhouse internal components normally anyway) and expandable M.2 NVMe storage, and what you have here is a system that manages to do everything that a bulky rack-mount-scale Dream Machine seemingly promises but in a physical scale that you can genuinely fit in your coat pocket—though I wouldn’t recommend doing that.

So let’s discuss the UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber and whether it deserves your data!

Category Specification
Processor & Memory Quad-core ARM Cortex-A73 @ 2.2GHz, 3GB RAM
Networking (1) 10G SFP+ WAN, (1) 10GbE RJ45 WAN, (1) 10G SFP+ LAN, (4) 2.5GbE RJ45 (1 PoE+)
PoE Support (1) PoE+ (IEEE 802.3at) on a 2.5GbE port
NVR Storage Selectable NVMe SSD up to 2TB (Tray accessory required, SSD not included)
Firewall & Security Stateful Layer 7 Firewall, IDS/IPS (55,000+ signatures via CyberSecure), DPI & Traffic Identification, Ad Blocking, Content Filtering, Zone-Based Firewall & Advanced Filtering (Apps, Domains, Regions)
VPN & SD-WAN WireGuard, OpenVPN, Site-to-Site VPN, Teleport VPN, License-Free SD-WAN & Policy-Based Routing
Power & Consumption 54V DC/1.1A (external adapter), Max Power: 29.4W (excluding PoE)
Environmental & Build Operating Temp: 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F), Humidity: 5% to 95% noncondensing, Weight: 675g (without SSD), 734g (with SSD), Material: Polycarbonate, ESD/EMP Protection: Air ±8kV, Contact ±4kV
Dimensions & Display 8.3” x 5” x 0.5” (212.8mm x 127.6mm x 30mm), 0.96” status LCM
Software & Services UniFi Network (Cloud Management & Remote Access), UniFi Protect (NVR with SSD), UniFi Talk (VoIP Integration), Traffic & Threat Management (Deep Packet Inspection, CyberSecure IDS/IPS), Advanced QoS (Application-Based Bandwidth Prioritization), Application & Device Identification, Guest Network Management (VLANs & SSID Segmentation), Multiple WAN Failover & Load Balancing, Advanced NAT & Port Forwarding, Remote VPN Access (Client VPN for Secure Connections), UniFi Identity & Access Management, Ad & Malware Blocking
Price $249.00


UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-Fiber) Review – Quick Conclusion

The UniFi Cloud Gateway 7 Fiber is a prosumer/business device that does not overpromise and is quintessentially UniFi in its architecture—for good and for bad! There is a lot of good to talk about: almost unparalleled external network connectivity for its scale, the unbeatable utilization of the UniFi Network Controller software, ease of setup combined with a complexity of features and control—the UCG-Fiber does it all and does it phenomenally well. Small inconsistencies in the presentation, such as the M.2 slot adapter not being included with the initial retail kit, I find puzzling, however, and perhaps a little bit more wiggle room on the flexibility of the WAN/LAN on those 2.5G ports is open to debate (CORRECTION, You CAN adjust the 2.5G Ports to WANs, but you need to disable WAN services on the other 10G ports manually first). But those aside, it really is hard to fault. Plucky little box, and at $249 for a huge amount of scalability and expandability, you would be hard-pushed to find anything better at this price tag that can do what this can do—while still remaining largely license-free!

BUILD QUALITY - 9/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 9/10


8.6
PROS
👍🏻Multi-Gigabit Connectivity – Supports dual 10G SFP+ ports, a 10GbE RJ45 port, and four 2.5GbE ports, allowing for high-speed networking.
👍🏻PoE+ Support – One 2.5GbE port includes PoE+, enabling direct connection of UniFi APs, cameras, or other PoE-powered devices.
👍🏻Integrated NVMe Storage Support – Allows installation of an NVMe SSD (up to 2TB) for UniFi Protect NVR functionality and other applications.
👍🏻Compact & Fanless Design – Small form factor with silent operation, making it suitable for desktop or rack environments without additional noise.
👍🏻License-Free SD-WAN & VPN Features – Includes WireGuard, OpenVPN, Teleport VPN, and Site-to-Site VPN without additional licensing costs.
👍🏻Centralized UniFi Management – Seamlessly integrates with UniFi Network, Protect, and Talk, allowing for easy cloud-based management.
👍🏻Stateful Layer 7 Firewall & IDS/IPS Security – Advanced traffic filtering, intrusion detection, and ad/content blocking for enhanced network security.
👍🏻Lower Power Consumption – ARM-based quad-core CPU ensures efficient performance with lower heat output and energy usage compared to x86 alternatives.
CONS
👎🏻Additional Cost for NVMe Tray – The M.2 SSD adapter tray is not included, requiring a separate purchase to enable internal storage.
👎🏻Non-Upgradable RAM – Comes with 3GB of DDR4 RAM, which cannot be expanded, potentially limiting future scalability for advanced applications.
👎🏻Lack of WiFi Support might be a pain for some on day 1

Where to Buy

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-FIBER) – $249 HERE

UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) –  $279 HERE 

UniFi Express 7 (UX7) –$199 HERE 

 


UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-Fiber) Review – Design

If you have ever been around or owned a UniFi device, you will be unsurprised to hear that the UCG-Fiber is easy on the eye, and a great deal of attention has gone into the design. Like the majority of UniFi devices, the system arrives with a dynamic and animated LCD panel that gives you real-time information about the traffic, utility of the device, and real-time information on IPS and network status.

Unfortunately, it is not a touchscreen, which isn’t the end of the world, but it’s a shame as a few other LCD-equipped UniFi devices have this feature, and some might assume that all of their devices follow suit. Needless to say, this LCD panel can have its brightness adjusted easily, be set to a schedule, or have the details it displays modified within the system settings somewhat.

The physical scale of this device, when future-set alongside a larger rack-mount-designed UniFi Dream Machine, is pretty bloody impressive. Arriving at 221mm by 127mm by 30mm, this thing is smaller than most ISP-free routers, yet crams in physical network ports and internal storage that I’ll touch on later. Additionally, the system is fanless and is completely silent when in operation.

Separated into multiple LAN and multiple WAN ports, the main traffic ports are all 2.5GbE Ethernet, and the system software supports numerous services for connecting VLANs, failover services, jumbo frame adjustments, and a plethora of network security settings that I will touch on later in the article. Given the wide-ranging bandwidth of all other connections on this device, I’m not sure anyone would have judged the brand if they tried to get away with one or two standard gigabit ports here. They really have scaled things up, and it’s pretty clear that this system is designed with tremendous future-proofing in mind. One of the individual 2.5G ports has something extra special, too.

One of the physical 2.5G ports also supports Power over Ethernet (PoE), which means that you will be able to take advantage of connecting smart network office peripherals for communication, or more likely, PoE-equipped cameras that you can connect and power via this port while using the UniFi Protect surveillance software installed on this device.

But I can understand how this single PoE port is intended more as an additional service for a locally deployed camera by the Cloud Gateway, rather than as a means to convince users to factor this in as a central point for their surveillance setup. Given the combination of copper and SFP connections on this device, it wouldn’t surprise me if one of the main factors preventing more PoE ports is simply heat generation at this scale.

However, one of the other arguably more general-purpose utilizations for this PoE port is to take advantage of one of the many multi-port PoE-powered network switches provided by UniFi in both small and medium form factors. Delivering up to 30 watts of power, which is enough to power either of the 2.5G fully equipped portable switches in the brand’s portfolio. Alternatively, thanks to the rather adaptable UniFi software that this system runs on, you can also take advantage of one of the many newly launched Wi-Fi 7-equipped PoE-powered AP devices that the brand recently rolled out. This single 2.5G PoE port provides both high power and high bandwidth performance to the U7, U7 Pro, U6 IP devices in the recent 2025 portfolio, and simply connecting one of these many AP devices to this single port allows you to immediately add an SSID tier to your network configuration in less than one minute—turning this hugely capable wired network management device into an all-purpose, business-class network router setup!

If you do choose to use this PoE port for a camera device, UniFi has a wide range of PoE-capable cameras spanning all the way to 4K, Edge AI services, and enterprise-grade surveillance equipment that, just like the wireless IP devices, can be added and deployed in less than a minute, with the UniFi Protect surveillance software already available on the UCG device with no license restrictions.

Using UniFi’s own cameras, you can utilize up to 12 HD cameras, 8 2K cameras, or four 4K cameras on this device. Alternatively, thanks to a changing stance by UniFi on their Protect platform, you can now also take advantage of third-party cameras that support ONVIF and better leverage existing surveillance equipment you may have in your home or office if you’re migrating your network setup over to the UniFi platform via the upgrade of a UCG-Fiber.

Moving away from those multiple 2.5G ports, we now need to talk about the other really impressive thing about the UCG-Fiber—and that is that this tiny box manages to arrive with three individual 10GbE connections. The UCG-Fiber features two SFP+ fiber 10GbE connections, but also, interestingly, an additional 10G Base-T copper connection as well. Given that these kinds of connections on a basic unmanaged switch would already push the price point of this device comfortably into the $200 mark, the fact that this system arrives with all of these connections, SSD scalability, UniFi capabilities, and PoE support all add up to this being phenomenal.

The UCG-Fiber has an internal switching support of 9.3Gbps performance, which, although may sound like less than the potential 40Gbps output that this system features, realistically, both the internal hardware profile this system has and the general use of this device were never going to max things out. And as long as the internal switching capacity of this system can match that of the largest possible single connection, I’m totally cool with this.

3x 10GbE connections mean that not only are you able to introduce an exceedingly high-performance WAN connection into your network that will be future-proof for at least a decade, but if you wanted to deploy a multi-site setup with fiber cabling between locations, there is a lot of compact yet powerful network packet handling on the table here! Plus, why not use another 10G port for a high-performance network switch and increase your broad network capabilities substantially, while still allowing great network traffic from the connected multi-port switch into your UCG-Fiber with ease? Finally, don’t overlook the benefits of introducing a 10GbE NAS into your UCG-Fiber, and either allow one user up to 1,000MBps transmission to the NAS or potentially 20 users to all enjoy gigabit network connection to that NAS. The potential for scalability on your network is phenomenal for such a small device.

However, it is worth highlighting that, as good as this is, I do have a little bit of a gripe with the way the brand has approached the 10G WAN/LAN connections on the UCG-Fiber. Although greater-than-gigabit internet speeds are becoming more common around the world, the availability of 10Gb internet is still pretty rare. While I can see the benefits of future-proofing by allowing multiple 10GbE connections, the fact that you cannot change one of the 2.5G ports on this device to a WAN if needed means that you are potentially losing out on quite a lot of network bandwidth. To elaborate, most users—even with high-performance internet services in their home or office—are unlikely to have greater-than-2.5GbE internet speeds for a good few years yet. Because the UCG-Fiber only allows two ports on this device to support WAN failover, that means that even if you were running basic sub-gigabit internet speeds like most users do, you are still restricted and potentially wasting the full capabilities of a 10G port on an ISP service that is never going to hit those heights. MASSIVE CORRECTION! You CAN chose to use the 2.5G ports as WAN/WAN2 and free up ALL the 10G ports if you like, however you need to ensure that WAN services are disabled on the existing 10G ports (setting them to LAN or DISABLED) first, and then the option to select ‘WAN’ or ‘WAN2’ on the 2.5G ports will appear. Really, REALLY pleased with this!

Another element that I have mostly positive, but not exclusively positive comments on is the M.2 NVMe SSD storage that this system supports. As mentioned, the UCG-Fiber allows you to install an M.2 NVMe SSD into the base of the system, and from there, you can use this storage to install multiple UniFi applications and services that will all run seamlessly from the UCG-Fiber network dashboard. These include automation, communication, and surveillance applications—all of which are license-free and included with the price of this system. Additionally, M.2 NVMe storage on this Gen 3×2 SSD line is going to provide fantastic performance and will ensure that particularly high-frequency services or high-demand services like AI-assisted surveillance setups run fantastically well here.

So, what is my problem with the way they have approached M.2 NVMe storage on the UCG-Fiber? It would be easy for me to criticize and say that the system should arrive with an SSD, but I’m not that naïve—at the $249 price this system comes in at, I think it would be unrealistic to assume that it would arrive with an SSD included. No, my problem isn’t that it doesn’t come with an SSD out of the box—my problem is twofold. Number one, in order to install an SSD inside the UCG-Fiber, you have to purchase a separate M.2 adapter tray that slides into the available base of the system. Who designed this??? And why do users have to purchase the SSD tray separately instead of it being included with the system?

I understand that users should be expected to buy their own scalable storage based on their capacity needs, but not including the tray that you need to insert the SSD into—and then charging an additional £15 for it—is just insane. My other issue is that although SSDs are less prone to physical or mechanical issues compared to traditional hard drives, they are not flawless.

SSDs—whether SATA or M.2—are still prone to occasional failures, and if an SSD fails, all the data on that drive is most likely lost. In the case of the UCG-Fiber, as the system only has a single M.2 slot, it does not support RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks), which would allow for a safety net by having another drive keep the data safe. Equally, the UCG-Fiber does not have any USB connectivity to allow for connecting a storage drive for periodic backups of your surveillance data that you may be creating regularly on this system. It’s a small detail, but I’m kind of surprised that this was not factored in during the design stage, given the huge importance of the storage drive on this system. In the grand scheme of things, I’m still grateful that this high-performance cloud gateway device has storage capabilities as comprehensive as it does—but it is by no means flawless.

The UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-Fiber) is powered by a quad-core ARM Cortex-A73 processor clocked at 2.2GHz. The Cortex-A73 is a relatively efficient CPU architecture that balances performance and power consumption, making it a suitable choice for a network gateway device. While not designed for high-performance computing tasks, this processor is more than capable of handling network routing, firewall management, VPN services, and deep packet inspection (DPI) without significant bottlenecks. The inclusion of Layer 7 firewall capabilities, IDS/IPS security measures, and traffic identification suggests that the CPU is optimized for handling packet filtering and security functions efficiently. However, its overall processing power is still limited compared to x86-based solutions found in enterprise-grade routers and gateways. Given its ARM-based architecture, the UCG-Fiber benefits from reduced power consumption and lower heat output, allowing for a compact, fanless design that operates silently while maintaining stable performance.

The UCG-Fiber is equipped with 3GB of DDR4 memory, which is a reasonable allocation for a device of this type. This amount of RAM ensures that the system can handle multiple concurrent processes, including traffic management, VPN sessions, intrusion detection, and SD-WAN operations without excessive slowdowns. While 3GB may seem modest compared to more powerful network appliances, it is sufficient for the expected workload of small to medium-sized networks.

The RAM configuration is non-expandable, meaning that users cannot upgrade memory for increased performance, which could become a limitation in scenarios where more demanding security and networking tasks are required. However, for general usage, including running UniFi applications, managing multiple VLANs, and handling routing tasks, the provided memory should be adequate. The combination of ARM-based processing and DDR4 memory allows the UCG-Fiber to deliver a balanced mix of efficiency and functionality, positioning it as a suitable choice for businesses and advanced home networks that require multi-gigabit connectivity with software-defined networking features.

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-Fiber) Review – Software and Services

IMPORTANT !!!- Currently the Software review of the UCG-Fiber is in progress, but I have already reviewed the UCG-Fiber and UX7 devices which are very similar indeed. So, whilst I complete the UCG-Fiber review, I have included the software review of the other 2 devices below, as they are running near identical services and features (but with differences with regard to port/wifi features. I will be amending the below text very soon, but include it here to give a better understanding of what this UniFi controller software can do. Apologies for this in the meantime.

Realistically, no one should be spending inordinate amounts of time using the software that your router arrives with – that’s just a simple fact. Indeed, you want you router (or any network appliance) to just do it’s job! Therefore talking about just how good the UniFi network software is, and how the UniFi Dream Router 7 capitalized on it, is going get a mixed reaction depending on your own level of network knowledge and custom requirements. I will say straight away though that you will really, REALLY struggle to find a more capable and flexible router software at this price point. You will struggle to find ANY setting, config, adjustable parameter of control measure not included with the UCG-Fiber. First off, there is the mobile application. As the UCG-Fiber hosts the UniFi network software, ALOT of the iOS and Android official UniFi applications are supported by the UCG-Fiber.

Firs time setup of the router using the mobile application (you can use a desktop machine with your web browser if you prefer of course) is incredibly straight forward. The Router can be found via the local area network or Bluetooth within 2 minutes of it’s first power-on. One big misconception (I was guilt of this too a while back) was that you have to register a UI.com account online in order to use UniFi appliances. This is NOT true. You can set the device up without a UI account (and even WITHOUT an internet connection) and doing so just needs to you create a local administrator account. It is recommended to use a UI account of course, as it allowed for easier comms and access for your larger Unifi network, but it is by no means compulsory. You can also create a system backup (with your config data of users, settings, SSIDs, etc) and backup online if you choose – and then easier pull this backup if you wish during initialization easily.

Upon creating local credentials or resisting an online account, the router performs an initial internet performance test and then goes about setting up your router. Much like other recent UniFi releases, the system has a ‘gamer’ style installation screen that shows tips and guides on how to get the most out of your router – very rare in a router I will say.

The setup process takes around 2-3 minutes and after that, you have pretty much FULL control and access to the Router’s configuration from your mobile phone. You can definitely tell that UNiFi have put the hours in with regard to the UX of the mobile application. Routers (and switches for that matter) are NOT easy systems to try and simplify – let along ocndence in a compact mobile UI. However they really have excelled in the latest version of their software.

Management of individual devices on the network are all presented intuitively in the app, and alongside their position/priority/bandwidth/consumption being presented, you can also use the app to institute controls and rules for 1, some or all devices on the fly – with instant implementation. Again, it’s no the fact that you can ‘do’ this that I am impressed by, it is the ease and intuitive way it is presented in a mobile app.

The same applies to the physical connections and wireless connections on the UCG-Fiber itself, with full remote control with the app to bridge, negotiate, failover, vLAN, disable, etc any port easily – as well as create new SSIDs, assign channels and push client devices around on the router side in 3-4 clicks. All of this is performed responsively and easily in the app.

On the subject of client devices, let’s discuss that WiFi 7 support. WiFi 7 opens up ALOT of performance and general bandwidth advantages. WiFi routers and client devices have been around now for around 10-12 months, as well as the increase in availability globally of greater than Gigabit internet services. Most internet service providers have already a router with their services – but not many provide WiFi 7 routers with their services, even at greater than gigabit speeds. So, what is the advantage? For the quicker (ish) version, watch my video below.

Now, you might well not have any devices right now that are WiFi 7, but plan on upgrading to WiFi 7 at some point in the further over a PCIe upgrade card. Even if you are using a system that lacks a PCIe upgrade clot, you can get small m.2 upgrade cards for a WiFi 7 / 802.11be upgrade for as little as $15-20 here. Hell, you do not even need to open up your system, as you can now get WiFi 7 to USB adapter upgrades for as little as $25-30, which is exactly what used when testing the router with my Windows 11 laptop for the earlier testing of the UCG-Fiber.

The USB-to-WiFi 7 Adapter I used in my testing of the UCG-Fiber was this one HERE on Aliexpress.

This USB to WiFi 7 adapter allowed for immediate 802.11be connectivity between my laptop and the UniFi Dream Router 7, over the now available 6Ghz band. Although there is more to WiFi 7 and this router than just that additional frequency. The UCG-Fiber SUPPORTS 2.4Ghz and 5ghz (just like all WiFi 6 and 6E routers), but crucially alongside the 6Ghz band allowing for more active concurrent connections, you are also able to take advantage of 320Mhz bandwidth (till now WiFi 6/6E only allowed for up to the 160Mhz connections). This means that you have a greater bandwidth per connection – though you can only have a finite amount of connections at 320Mhz at once. This is COMBINED with WiFi allowing for overlapping connections too and 1 device enjoying multiple connections at once.

This means that not only can you match the speed of a normal wired gigabit connection, but you can ABSOLUTELY SMASH IT! As you can see below, using this USB adapter on my regular windows laptop, connecting to the UniFi Dream Router 7 over the 6Hz band – I was able to hit 2.8Gb/s wireless connectivity!!! That is even faster than using one of the physical 2.5GbE connections on the UCG-Fiber.

It’s worth remembering though that WiFi 7 is NOT perfect and although it presents a lot of benefits for bandwidth improvements, reduced latency and increased encryption options, support of the wider frequencies and abilities of a larger WiFi 7 populated network are still a little ‘early days’.

By that, I mean that although you can hit high performance with 320Mhz connections, the actual radio frequency opened up right now (depending on your region) is pretty slim. The UCG-Fiber router DOES show you the full radio spectrum, separated dynamically with each 20/40/80/160/320Mhz block that is spread across 2.4/5/6Ghz – but ALOT of it is still unavailable to use in many regions.

These limitations are likely going to reduce over time and, therefore you have to look at a decent % of the WiFi capabilities of the UniFi Dream Router 7 as ‘future proofing’ – but just keep in mind that although you can deploy ALOT of wireless (and wired) devices in a UCG-Fiber managed environment, those peak 802.11be/WiFi 7 bandwidth improvements are going to be shared only by a few client devices – in reality the real benefits are going to be felt with the opening up of the 6Ghz frequency allowing for more devices to be spread over all three frequencies and bands at 80/160Mhz.

Anotehr note to keep in mind is that the 6Ghz band has a shorter area of effect than 5Ghz (which likewise has a shorter area than WiFi 5). So WiFi7 is at it’s best in closer proximity without walls – more as a cable alternative if you are in the same areas as your UniFi router. But when I connected to a 10GbE NAS (connected to the 10GbE port of my UCG-Fiber), I was able to hit 187MB/s write easily (though read performance was oddly inconsistent – possibly related to the NAS, still investigating – TBC) in CrystalDiskMark.

Likewise, similar testing with the WiFi 7 USB Adapter, through the UCG-Fiber and at the 10GbE connected NAS hit 260MB/s+ easily. Once again, I would have easily respected this if I had been connecting with the NAS using the 2.5GbE ports – but I am hugely impressed that I was able to hit this benchmark over a WiFi connection (thanks to that 2.8Gbps 6Ghz setup). Respect!

Additionally it is very easy to monitor the position, WiFi coverage, Channel and performance of any device connected to the UCG-Fiber controller software. Also allowing you to create rules o the fly to automatically manage them later as/when devices arrive.

These same controls also extend all the way down to the ISP input of the UCG-Fiber AND IF YOU HAVE MULTIPLE uNIfI AP/Nodses in your setup, can control how/where bandwidth is allocated and the priority of devices/nodes that are unique to your own deployment.

The dashboard features a grouped UI and analytics overview that allows you to see the price traffic that is going into a physical LAN, grouped VLAN or just a single devices on the network – allowing you to see the sites/services/geo data in real time too!

And likewise as before, you can extent these analytics all the way to the root UCG-Fiber router to see EVERYTHING happening in realtime in your network and internet connectivity.

Blacklisting (and whitelisting occasionally) or certain websites is also easy to action manually when needed too – or you can import an existing database of ‘bad’ site lists directly into the UCG-Fiber to simplify the process.

Once rules, priorities, orders of services and limits have been created, you can then apply them to individual devices, networks, groups, vLANS, etc – even to a physical LAN port if needed. These rules are completely customizable and if 1 parameter is changed on the fly, it immediately actions across all selected devices.

It’s also worth highlighting that UniFi has its own enterprise user identity service (‘Identity Endpoint’) that you can apply to devices if you want to ensure that connected devices on the LAN or WAN are truly secure (client auth tools on each device) and this extends to the VPN and UniFi network client device access too.

I also should stress that although the UCG-Fiber seems like a very, VERY proprietary router – UniFi do NOT lock you into having to create an account with them or use only their services. You can set the system up for LOCAL ONLY management and control if you choose. Or even hybrid the two and create 1 secure ‘Identity Endpoint sys admin’, but others are ‘local’ only – nice balance tbh.

And new users (super user or billy basic!) can be created, modified and deleted at any time!

Control and configuration of the UCG-Fiber are very straight forward and there are pretty high end configuration options in the backend of the system to control both the local network setup, as well as WiFi connectivity out the box (or added later in the case of systems like the UCG Fiber via the U7/U7 Pro/U6).

And professional SI’s/Technicians can set the system to ‘truly open’ if they wish, and this can be securely controlled as needed. This allows for opening up frequencies in the case of a WiFi setup down the road and advanced settings related to antenna gain/adaption.

The system configuration and control are surprisingly extensive for a $279 router and puts it well, well into the realms of an enterprise-grade solution, despite its Prosumer/SMB price point.

Unsurprisingly, the UCG-Fiber has internet speed test tools (either using the native web browser GUI or the WiFiman application for Android/iOS).

But its goes further, with the ability to monitor the packet management in your network (covered earlier) to such as extent that you can even block the server calls to specific sites/vendors that are going through the UniFi manager and block them SPECIFICALLY. Eg, want to keep google services, but NOT YouTube (either for work/professional reasons, or because of your kids homework deadline?) – you can do that REALLY easily.

And you can apply these rules easily and analytics with ease via the topographical network monitoring window. So you can visually see the devices in the network, then apply the rules, in case a new device gets sneakily added to circumnavigate any limits/restricts in palce.

And if you see a sudden spike in internet use, you can (in seconds) isolate the device that is causing it AND see what it is – allowing yo to block/monitor as needed.

Equally, you can set some pretty extensive security provisions to pre-emptively kick in when an unknown device arrives on the scene, or if an existing device in the network begins to be suspicious.

The same goes for creating day 1/100 rules for port forwarding, traffic management and Firewall rules. All of this is HUGELY customizable and most pages in the UniFi GUI feature both ‘simple/easy’ views, as well as much more complex advanced views as needed at the top of each page.

The multiple LAN ports can also be scaled up/down as needed if your existing network is not quite ready for the full network connectivity of the UCG-Fiber too.

And thanks to the UCG-Fiber featuring multiple WAN ports, you can decide how you want to handle multiple ISP services into your home/business, to separate/combine/balance between them with ease across your connected devices.

Additionally, each WAN port can be adjusted to a ‘WAN’ or ‘LAN’ roles as needed – even disabled. So, whether it is as a failover internet connection, or that you want to free up that 10GbE port for use as a LAN – The choice is yours!

Also, as mentioned earlier, as the system supported internal storage via the slot, you can go ahead and run UniFi Protect surveillance software too – as well as as an additional switch to the available LAN ports, for cameras or add a camera to the POE port.

There are actually several different surveillance, communications, display or smart appliances in the UniFi portfolio that can be installed on the internet storage drive + also means you have more scope for that POE ready port.

It gets to a point (perhaps) that there are TOO many security and configuration options, and people looking for just a router to ‘just do it’s job’ will be somewhat overwhelmed. Most of the important settings are already set pretty well, but I never the less recommend first time buyers take the time to explore the configuration options present in order to better understand what they are buying here in terms of it’s abilities to protect your network and internet services.

This extends right the way down to the more advanced prevention and intrusion protection measures (Dark Web blocking too). Again, pretty advanced for many, but take the time to look through them if you purchase the UCG-Fiber.

And if in doubt, you can use the UniFi Teleport VPN service to anonymize your site-to-site exchanges (again, very ‘first party’ and more about SD-WAN level stuff, but does form part of the purchase here).

Also, keep in mind that the UCG-Fiber has the option to create Airgaps in it’s wired network AND WiFi connectivity (if you want to add that) that allows you to create automated access times – especially useful for businesses who want to lock down access outside of the usual 9-5 operational hours.

If you want to use WiFi services, yo can create multiple SSIDs of varying degrees of access – and yes, all the controls on security, speed, antenna, frequency, vLAN, etc are all present here too.

When creating those VLANS, you can add specific physical ports, IDs, WiFi APs etc to that vLAN to segregate your network as securely as possible.

And from there you can adjust the vLAN configuration in terms of it’s smooth operation and security directly from the network management panel (as well as view all active vLANS on one page if needed to see how they interact/clash + show each device you have moved in/out of them easily.

And again, all packet management/monitoring are available within the vLAN if you need.

If this all sounds tremendously intimidating, there is a much, MUCH easier 1 panel view in the ‘Insights’ tab that just shows each current network branch and it’s connections/clients in a list format.

Not good enough? How about a global view that shows the data packet exchange in real time with regard to each region (i.e worried that your data is being harvested to an overseas location, this will show you which countries are currently connected with on your UCG-Fiber for upload/download (websites? server? It’s easy to check and find out here!).

Bottom line – the bulk of the UniFi Control Software here is available on the majority of UniFi Router, Express, Cloud Gateway and Dream Machine devices – but the EXTENT to which you can use it is heavily dependent on the device you buy. In the case of the UCG-Fiber, you have a fantastic balance of Day 1 control sure, but you have an even better management and scalability on the system for when your ISP services double/triple, as well as the number of devices in your network expand.

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-Fiber) Review – Conclusion and Verdict

The UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-Fiber) presents itself as a compact and capable network gateway solution that brings high-speed connectivity, PoE support, and integrated storage options to UniFi’s growing lineup of cloud-managed devices. Its dual 10G SFP+ ports, a 10GbE RJ45 port, and multiple 2.5GbE ports make it a strong option for users who require multi-gigabit networking in a small form factor. The inclusion of PoE support on one of the 2.5GbE ports adds a level of flexibility, allowing for directly connected UniFi APs or cameras without requiring an external PoE switch. Additionally, the support for NVMe SSD storage enables on-device UniFi Protect NVR functionality, which may be useful for businesses and users looking to consolidate their networking and surveillance infrastructure. From a software perspective, the UniFi Network, Protect, and Talk applications provide a familiar and well-integrated ecosystem that benefits from centralized management and cloud access. The license-free SD-WAN and VPN services also add value for users requiring secure remote access and site-to-site networking.

However, the UCG-Fiber is not without its drawbacks. The lack of flexibility in WAN port assignment may be a limiting factor for some users, especially those who do not have 10GbE WAN connectivity and would prefer to configure one of the 2.5GbE ports as a WAN interface (Correction, changing 2.5G ports to WAN/WAN2 is supported, just requires small assignment changes). The requirement to purchase a separate M.2 SSD adapter tray is another downside, as it adds an additional cost for users who intend to use the NVMe storage option. Additionally, with only 3GB of non-upgradable RAM, there could be concerns about long-term scalability if future UniFi software updates demand more system resources. While the ARM-based CPU is efficient, it does not match the performance of higher-end x86-based networking solutions, which may affect performance in environments with high packet processing demands. The absence of USB connectivity for external backups is another small but notable omission. Overall, the UCG-Fiber is a well-rounded networking device with a strong focus on multi-gigabit connectivity, PoE integration, and UniFi software compatibility, but it may not be the ideal solution for users with more complex WAN requirements or those needing expandable memory and storage flexibility.

PROS CONS
  • Multi-Gigabit Connectivity – Supports dual 10G SFP+ ports, a 10GbE RJ45 port, and four 2.5GbE ports, allowing for high-speed networking.
  • PoE+ Support – One 2.5GbE port includes PoE+, enabling direct connection of UniFi APs, cameras, or other PoE-powered devices.
  • Integrated NVMe Storage Support – Allows installation of an NVMe SSD (up to 2TB) for UniFi Protect NVR functionality and other applications.
  • Compact & Fanless Design – Small form factor with silent operation, making it suitable for desktop or rack environments without additional noise.
  • License-Free SD-WAN & VPN Features – Includes WireGuard, OpenVPN, Teleport VPN, and Site-to-Site VPN without additional licensing costs.
  • Centralized UniFi Management – Seamlessly integrates with UniFi Network, Protect, and Talk, allowing for easy cloud-based management.
  • Stateful Layer 7 Firewall & IDS/IPS Security – Advanced traffic filtering, intrusion detection, and ad/content blocking for enhanced network security.
  • Lower Power Consumption – ARM-based quad-core CPU ensures efficient performance with lower heat output and energy usage compared to x86 alternatives.
  • Additional Cost for NVMe Tray – The M.2 SSD adapter tray is not included, requiring a separate purchase to enable internal storage.
  • Non-Upgradable RAM – Comes with 3GB of DDR4 RAM, which cannot be expanded, potentially limiting future scalability for advanced applications.
  • Lack of WiFi Support might be a pain for some on day 1

 

Where to Buy

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-FIBER) – $249 HERE

UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) –  $279 HERE 

UniFi Express 7 (UX7) –$199 HERE 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Terramaster TrueNAS Scale/Core Installation Guide (2025)

Par : Rob Andrews
17 mars 2025 à 18:00

How to Install TrueNAS Scale/Core on a Terramaster NAS

If you’re new to private server storage, you’ve probably heard the phrase “everything runs on Linux.” While that’s not entirely true (many other platforms exist with their own foundations), Linux remains the dominant base for much of the software we use daily—including Network Attached Storage (NAS). When it comes to NAS, most new or less experienced users fall into two main categories:

  1. DIY Enthusiasts – Those who prefer to build their own systems, optimizing costs and flexibility with open-source platforms like TrueNAS Scale (the Linux-based counterpart to the popular TrueNAS Core on FreeBSD).
  2. Turnkey Buyers – Those willing to pay extra for a prebuilt system, even if it means dealing with some software limitations.

But what if you want the best of both worlds? Good news—you can have it! In this guide, I’ll show you how to transform TerraMaster’s highly affordable NAS solutions (arguably the best value on the market right now) into a TrueNAS -powered, ZFS-backed NAS system. Even the 2024/2025 models come well-equipped with multiple NVMe support (the F8 SSD PLUS as a particular stand out device), 2.5GbE networking, embedded graphics CPUs, and more, making them a fantastic base for a Linux NAS.

Best of all, setting this up is much easier than you might think, completely reversible, and provides you with the customization and flexibility of TrueNAS while still benefiting from a prebuilt 24/7 server at an unbeatable price. Sounds great, right? Let’s get started with the step-by-step guide!

Note – You can watch my FULL 30 Min+ beginners Guide to installing TrueNAS on a Terramaster NAS Here

TrueNAS on Terramaster – What You Need?

Before you begin, it’s important to note that simply owning a TerraMaster NAS isn’t enough. To get TrueNAS up and running, you’ll need to complete a few preliminary checks and have a few extra items—many of which you may already have at home or in the office. If not, a quick $10 purchase online should cover it.

To upgrade your TerraMaster NAS to TrueNAS , make sure you have the following:

 

  • I recommend not using a USB larger than 32GB, due to the constraints of 1st party software to format larger than this in FAT32. Don’t be tempted to spend like $2 more for a 64GB, as the TrueNAS installation will occupy the full USB space (as you will create a system-image-USB) and space is utterly irrelevant when the TrueNAS installation is so small
  • A Disk Image to USB conversion too. I recommend ‘Rufus’, currently in ver 3.19 and can be run in a portable .exe form that doesn’t require installation – DOWNLOAD
  • A basic USB Keyboard (example HERE but really, any will do) and an HDMI Monitor (or simply any device that has an HDMI input – NOT output) such as a TV or Capture card
  • Hard Drive and/or SSD media (you should already have these, but just in case) for your storage
  • OptionalDownload Advanced IP Scanner HERE, as it is a really useful tool for analyzing your network and finding your new TrueNAS NAS for remote access

That is about it. Most of these (maybe not the USB drive at that physical size) you will almost certainly already have to hand.

Can I Reverse the TrueNAS Installation back to Terramaster TOS?

Almost certainly, yes! However, there is one key consideration. When switching from TerraMaster’s TOS to TrueNAS , the internal drives (HDDs and/or SSDs) will be formatted to ZFS, meaning they won’t be recognized by TOS if you choose to switch back later.

The good news? Reverting back is incredibly easy—all you need to do is replace the internal USB drive and reboot the system. However, switching between NAS operating systems will wipe the data on the drives, so be sure to back up your important files elsewhere before proceeding.

Now that you’re ready, let’s move on to installing TrueNAS on your TerraMaster NAS!

TrueNAS on a Terramaster NAS – Step 1, Download TrueNAS

Head to the TrueNAS website HERE and download the latest stable release of the software to your local PC, Linux or Mac system. Make sure to remember where you downloaded it.

TrueNAS on a Terramaster NAS – Step 2, Download Rufus USB Image Tool

Head to the Rufus website and download the latest version of that tool – I recommend downloading the standalone executable file here, as then it will immediately run when you double click the file, without installation etc. It may redirect you to Github, but it will be the same executable file. Once again, remember where you downloaded it.

TrueNAS on a Terramaster NAS – Step 3, Preparing the USB

Connect the small form factor USB Drive to your system (again, this is the one I used from Sandisk) and after a few seconds, it should appear as an available USB Drive. The drive MAY need formatting (you will be prompted to do so), if that is the case, then you can format it via the system prompts and by default, it will format it to FAT32 (as long as your USB is less than 32GB). If you are not presented with a system prompt to format your USB, then you can head into My PC, or My Computer via a windows computer and right-click the drive, select ‘format’ and format it that way.

If you have used the USB for other things previously, there is a chance that the drive has existing partitions in place. For that, the quickest way to completely remove any partitions is to open up the bottom-left windows system menu as normal, and then just type diskpart and open the command-line GUI tool. From there, use the command list disk to show the available drives that are connected, you will see your USB (normally disk 1 or 2, but can differ depending on your system layout and can be spotted by the storage amount). From there, type select disk # (where # is the drive number that your USB is shown as) and then type clean, which which will then remove any index structure for the drive (i.e the partitions and existing format) and then you can go back to the My Computer/My PC page and format the drive to FAT 32 as normal.

TrueNAS on a Terramaster NAS – Step 4, Creating a USB Installer Image of TrueNAS

Open the Rufus application and from there you will see the USB Drive (listed as NO NAME, or ‘UNTITLED’, ETC) at the top. From there, look to the select image/find image option (depending on the ver. of Rufus or your USB Image Creator tool of choice) and find the TrueNAS disk image you downloaded earlier). If the drive is not listed, it may have downloaded as a compressed/archive file. If that is the case, head to the location of where you downloaded TrueNAS (in your file explorer, not in Rufus) and right-click the file you downloaded. If the option to ‘extract‘ is visible, then you can extract it (i.e unpack it to the original form) in that same download directory. From there, head back into RUFUS and then the TrueNAS system image should be visible. Select it, then run the Rufus System image creator tool and create your USB bootable TrueNAS disk image.

REMEMBER! This will completely format your USB drive and any files that are on that USB will be destroyed. The system image creator tool will turn the USB into a pure boot image tool – the USB will not be usable for traditional storage again unless you completely format it again.

TrueNAS on a Terramaster NAS – Step 5, REMOVE THE USB FROM YOUR PC!!!!!!!!!

Really, really important and sometimes overlooked. Once the USB creation is completed, you need to remove the USB (using the eject hardware safely option at the bottom right of your windows machine taskbar as normal). DO NOT accidentally leave the USB in your USB Ports for any longer than necessary. If you leave it in and your system reboots at any point (eg in a normal ‘end of day shut down, go home, reboot tomorrow’ scenario), then the system might boot directly into the TrueNAS installation and although it is easy to exit from, it can change your system default boot preferences, maybe even remove your primary boot drive as the OS drive – requiring a little messing with a windows installation disk to change it back. The odds of this are very small, but not zero, so make sure to safely remove your USB drive when the TrueNAS system image creator tool is completed.

TrueNAS on a Terramaster NAS – Step 6, Opening up your Terramaster NAS

This next step is going to differ depending on the Terramaster NAS Drive you are choosing to use. For this guide, I am using a 2022/2023 generation F4-423 4-Bay NAS, but the general steps are the same for any Terramaster NAS (though the location of the USB will differ) (the F8 SSD PLUS for example has a particularly secluded USB key internally). With the Terramaster NAS disconnected from the network and from any power source. From there you will need to remove the external casing. In the case of most Terramaster NAS, the chassis is held by 4-6 screws on the rear of the casing that, when removed, allow you to remove the rear pannel+fans and slide the internal framework out the front of the casing (be sure to check the fans are not disconnected accidentally in this process). IMPORTANT – Remove any HDD/SSD Media during the dismantling of the Terramaster NAS chassis, as it would be so, SO easy to harm these with accidentally dropping/motion damage. No need to remember the order of the drives when you re-install them, as they are going to be formatted during the TrueNAS installation.

Now, if you take a closer look at the main controller board of the Terramaster NAS (the one with network/USB ports attached, not the one that the HDD/SSD bays are on), you will spot a VERY small USB module in a tiny USB port. It should look something like this:

Now, THIS is where the default Terramaster TOS NAS software installation is kept. This is NOT where the OS actually runs from, but this is where the system checks in it’s BIOS when booting to find installation media (IF the system does not already have an active OS on the drives). Very delicately (as it IS a small USB and likely tucked in next to some other delicate components) remove the USB there is there, put it somewhere safe (as you will need this if you ever want to return the Terramster back to a TOS software system) and then replace it with the USB from earlier that has the TrueNAS system image you created in Rufus. THIS is why you needed a very small USB, as otherwise there is simply no way you would fit a traditional USB flash stick in the space provided.

That is pretty much it. This only other thing to factor in here is IF your Terramaster NAS does NOT have an external HDMI port. Most Terramsater NAS released in 2020-2025 have an HDMI port on the rear that although largely useless in TOS, is still accessible (something you will need for TrueNAS initialization. However, some Terramaster NAS with Intel Processors have the HDMI Port located INSIDE the main chassis (especially the older great box 2019-2020 gen devices). So, IF your NAS has an inside HDMI port, you are going to need to connect an  HDMI monitor to it and run the initial installation (covering in a bit) with the chassis in this open state. After installation is complete, you can close the Terramaster NAS chassis up. Otherwise, if your NAS already has an external HDMI port, you can go ahead and reconstruct the NAS chassis. Essentially, if you NAS has integrated graphics (Intel Celeron, Pentium, N100, N305, Core, etc), you will have an HDMI output.

NOTE – If you plan on upgrading the memory of your NAS to 8GB-16GB (in order to use ALL of the features of TrueNAS to their fullest extent), I would recommend doing so at this point before rebuilding the physical chassis again, as many Terramaser NAS have the 2nd SODIMM memory slot in really tight locations.

TrueNAS on a Terramaster NAS – Step 7, Accessing the HDMI Port and Keyboard Control

Next, you need to start getting the system ready for Initialization and Setup. I would strongly recommend running the first-time installation via a direct interface with the Terramaster NAS. You will need to connect an HDMI Monitor/TV/Capture Card to the HDMI port of the NAS, a Keyboard (and/or mouse) to an available USB port) and then connect the power/network connections to the NAS and boot the device up.

After a few minutes, the TrueNAS GUI/Command will appear on your monitor and all you need to do is navigate the config choices to set up your TrueNAS NAS the first time.

Important – TrueNAS Scale/Core runs at its best when it is run on a separate drive from your storage. Much like an Operating System, you can install TrueNAS on an available SSD in a SATA or NVMe SSD slot in the Terramaster NAS, then (after initialization) you can go into the TrueNAS > Storage area and create a pool of storage using the available storage media bays,

It is NOT recommended that you install it on a USB drive, for reasons of speed and power-connections.

After you have completed the setup and are back at the initial TrueNAS boot menu, select the ‘SHUTDOWN‘ option (not reboot/restart, for reasons I will explain in a moment).

TrueNAS on a Terramaster NAS – Step 8, Remove the Boot USB Drive

Once your Terramaster NAS has fully powered down, you need to disconnect the storage, power and any other cables, then open up the Terramaster NAS again (if it was re-constructed from earlier) and then remove the USB drive you installed earlier with TrueNAS boot loader on it. You need to do this as otherwise, when you reboot the Terramaster NAS, it will reboot into the bootloader again. You can skip past this and/or it will not action a reinitialization without your input, but better to remove the USB and therefore allow the system to always immediately boot into the TrueNAS system. After you have reconstructed the terramaster NAS, you can go ahead and connect all the cables and power on the device.

Note – Do NOT replace the USB with the original Terramaster USB Drive that it arrived with, or the system will auto boot into the Terramaster TOS Installation setup.

TrueNAS on a Terramaster NAS – Step 9, Reboot the NAS

Upon rebooting the Terramaster into TrueNAS (can take up to 5 mins, but usually much quicker). You have two options with how to access the configuration and controls. You can use the HDMI+Keyboard if you choose for console/command level access, but it will be ALOT higher a learning curve than the network GUI.

Alternatively (much more recommended), use a program such as Advanced IP Scanner, which is free and VERY useful anyway, or even network command prompt) to scan your local area network and find where the Terramaster with TrueNAS is located (i.e it’s IP). This IP (eg 192.168.1.111) is what you put into the URL bar ofay web browser and it will load into the login GUI for TrueNAS . From here you will need to use the username ‘root’ in combination with the password that you created during initialization.

And that is about it. You now have TrueNAS installed as the default OS of your Terramaster NAS. From here you can do anything and everything that his highly regarded ZFS powered server software offers. Head into the Storage area and start creating pools, as well as areas for caching and lots more features.

TrueNAS Core was recently updated to ver.13 in a stable release of the FreeBSD format, as well as new improvements in the Linux-based version ‘TrueNAS ‘. The first thing you are going to need to do when setting up your TrueNAS > Terramaster NAS server is set up your storage. Do this by heading into the storage tab and following the handy steps on screen. After that, you can pretty much do anything on your new ZFS NAS!

You can find out more about TrueNAS in my full review below that covers everything I like and dislike about the platform:

Thanks for reading! I hope this guide has helped you make the most of your storage setup. If you’d like to support my work and help me create more guides, reviews, and tutorials on NAS and related topics, there are several ways to do so—I’d truly appreciate any support!

  • Visit the “Support NAS Passion” page [HERE] to explore different ways to contribute.
  • Use the links below when shopping for NAS hardware—purchasing through these links earns us a small commission (at no extra cost to you), which helps keep the site running.
  • Spread the word! If you found this guide useful, share it with friends, colleagues, or on your favorite social media platform.

Thank you again for your support, and have an amazing week!


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

UniFi Express 7 Review (UX7)

Par : Rob Andrews
10 mars 2025 à 18:00

UniFi Express 7 Review – The Affordable UniFi Gateway?

UniFi has seriously hammered the subject of Wi-Fi 7 into their existing portfolio at an alarming speed, but it’s easy to forget that just half a year ago, there wasn’t a single Wi-Fi 7 solution in their lineup. Fast forward to February 2025, and they’ve now established every single kind of Wi-Fi 7 home/business appliance you could ever need. The latest entry into this product range is the compact and expandable UniFi Express 7. Serving as a compact and affordable entry point into establishing your own UniFi network, this device removes many of the physical Ethernet connections found on a typical router and instead prioritizes a small but easily expandable wireless networking solution to grow your network ecosystem. Arriving at $199, the UX7 was launched alongside the UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) and UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-Fiber)—three very similar devices designed to serve different kinds of Wi-Fi/wired network deployments, all offering a similar level of network control that, until now, was only really available in the UniFi Dream Machine series. However, the UniFi Express 7 is the most compact of the three new releases, and with that, it also scales back some of the feature sets found in those more powerful devices. So, is the UniFi Express 7 the best gateway device for your needs? And does its focus on gradual network expansion over out-of-the-box hardware features make it the right fit for your growing home or business network? Let’s find out in this UX7 review.

UniFi Express 7 Review – Quick Conclusion

Honestly, I kind of wish UniFi had launched the UX7 about six months ago. The UniFi Express 7 gateway is an impressive little device, and when you factor in the license-free architecture, alongside its $199 price tag for a fully Wi-Fi 7, 6 GHz-ready box, it’s hard to call this bad value. However, launching this device between the UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) and the UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-Fiber) makes it look like the weaker option of the three. And while the UX7 certainly has network expandability and appeal, I strongly recommend anyone considering it to first check out the UDR7 or UCG-Fiber. That said, for its niche, highly scalable, and modular network appeal, the UX7 delivers exactly what UniFi promises. It’s certainly worth the $199 price tag, but keep in mind that it is designed first and foremost as a network gateway. You will struggle to fully unlock its potential without integrating a UniFi switch or expanding into an existing UniFi network.

BUILD QUALITY - 8/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 8/10


8.2
PROS
👍🏻Affordable Entry Point – At $199, it’s one of the most budget-friendly ways to start a UniFi network with Wi-Fi 7 capabilities.
👍🏻Compact & Energy Efficient – Small footprint (11cm²), lightweight (422g), and low power consumption (22W max) make it ideal for home and office environments.
👍🏻Wi-Fi 7 & Tri-Band Support – 2.4GHz, 5GHz, and 6GHz bands with Multi-Link Operation (MLO) for better speed, lower latency, and improved reliability.
👍🏻10GBASE-T WAN Port – Supports high-speed internet connections, making it future-proof for faster broadband rollouts.
👍🏻Scalable with UniFi Ecosystem – Easily integrates into an existing UniFi setup with mesh Wi-Fi, UniFi switches, and other devices.
👍🏻Powerful UniFi Software – Full UniFi Controller suite with advanced network management, security, VLANs, and traffic analytics.
👍🏻USB-C Power Input – Simple and universal power delivery, allowing for flexible placement and easy powering via third-party adapters.
CONS
👎🏻Limited Wired Connectivity – Only one 2.5G LAN port (no PoE), making wired expansion less convenient compared to UDR7 or UCG-Fiber.
👎🏻No Built-in Storage – Cannot run UniFi Protect or other UniFi applications natively, requiring external UniFi hardware for advanced services.

 

Where to Buy

UniFi Express 7 (UX7) –$199 HERE 

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-FIBER) – $249 HERE

UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) –  $279 HERE 


UniFi Express 7 Review – Design and Connections

Considering that this tiny device features tri-band Wi-Fi, 10G networking, and 2.5G networking, it’s kind of bonkers how small it is. Equipped with an internal quad-core ARM processor and 3GB of DDR4 memory, these modest yet highly capable internal components are more than enough to keep your data moving smoothly. The $199 launch price of the UX7 puts it slightly closer to the price of most Pro-sumer routers. While it’s not overpriced, some users may question whether there are better, more hardware-capable devices available at a similar price point in early 2025.

However, the main appeal of that price point is not exclusively about the hardware, and you have to factor in that this device is bundled with the UniFi software, offering full integration and utility of said hardware. This tiny box is able to host full control of a UniFi network, managing—via a single pane of glass interface—over 30 individual UniFi-connected/adopted devices and well over 300 clients at any given time. A big part of the appeal of UniFi products is that single ecosystem, and once you factor in that platform alongside the hardware, the $199 price tag starts to make a lot more sense.

Although the system features two copper connections on the rear, the priority of the device will always be Wi-Fi connectivity. This small box is able to cover up to 1,500 square feet of wireless connectivity, but do factor in walls and rooms—of course! A lot of this coverage depends on the antenna and frequencies your client devices choose to use, and in that regard, the UX7 continues to push the boundaries.

Scaling things up from the previous generation UniFi Express device, the UX7 supports Wi-Fi 7, Wi-Fi 6E, Wi-Fi 6, and traditional legacy Wi-Fi. Although the device has no external antenna, there are strategically placed antennas throughout the inside of this device. Thanks to the increased 6 GHz frequency access via the 2×2 6 GHz antennas inside and Wi-Fi 7’s utilization of 320 MHz channels, this opens the door to substantial performance increases in the UX7 over its predecessor.

Additionally, Wi-Fi 7 integrates Multi-Link Operation (MLO), which means Wi-Fi 7-supported client devices can create multiple simultaneous connections over different frequencies, drastically enhancing wireless performance—to the point where it dwarfs traditional wired connections.

The 6 GHz band has a shorter coverage distance than 5 GHz, and likewise 5 GHz has a shorter range than 2.4 GHz. Although Wi-Fi 7 certainly solves many issues related to maximizing available radio frequencies, keep in mind that distance will still be a factor. Because of the small scale of this device, there are questions about true distance coverage compared to a router with more antennas and external antennas. Depending on the number of simultaneous frequencies via MLO that your client device can utilize, the maximum performance potential of this device will differ. However, across all of the available bands, you can achieve:

  • 688 Mbps maximum bandwidth on the 2.4 GHz frequency,
  • 4.3 Gbps performance on the 5 GHz frequency,
  • A whopping 5.7 Gbps potential on the 6 GHz frequency.

Consider these more of a guideline to the larger shared bandwidth across multiple client devices, but nevertheless, they still indicate the performance potential of this tiny box once it’s integrated into your network. Although we will delve into more detail about security and encryption later in the review, it’s also worth highlighting that this system supports encrypted protocols all the way up to WPA3 for wireless transmissions. The UniFi Controller software provides an almost unrivaled level of network security management and troubleshooting, with controls extending down to individual devices, groups, VLANs, and MAC addresses.

This means that even if you begin integrating third-party hardware into your network environment or stick to UniFi client devices as you expand upon this gateway device, the lock-and-door approach to your ISP services will always be significantly tighter thanks to having the UX7 as your gateway. Moving over to the wired connections, the system features a 2.5G Ethernet port that is utilized as a LAN connection. This means you can integrate an existing switch and expand your UniFi network toward more wired devices, as well as creating multiple virtual LAN arms in your network environment.

Unfortunately, this 2.5G port does not support Power over Ethernet (PoE), which means any connected devices will need their own power source. This is a shame, because both the simultaneously released UDR7 and UCG-Fiber devices each include a PoE port, making wired expansion with UniFi switches much cleaner and more convenient.

Nevertheless, it’s good that standard Gigabit Ethernet is absent in favor of 2.5G Ethernet, allowing for 2.5 times the performance of traditional and legacy networks.

Interestingly, the UX7’s WAN port is a 10GBASE-T copper connection! Most users would have assumed that this compact device would arrive with 10G SFP+, as is common with most UniFi devices. However, opting for traditional copper 10G means that as ISP services globally begin to exceed Gigabit speeds, the UniFi Express 7 gateway will not create a bottleneck, allowing your network to fully enjoy those higher speeds as they become available. This also means that this tiny box is future-proofing your internet service gateway for a considerable length of time as better connectivity options arrive. Nevertheless, I’m a little disappointed that you cannot set the 2.5G port as your WAN, thereby allowing you to dedicate the 10G connection as a wider LAN connection. This would have been beneficial when using it alongside a traditional 10G NAS system or a larger switch that would take greater advantage of 10G network speeds. Very few users in the next few years will have internet speeds exceeding 2.5G (regardless of whether you are a home or business user), so fixing the 10G connection as the only WAN port feels like overkill for many. CORRECTION! You CAN set the 2.5G as a WAN port, but you need to manually change the initial 10G WAN port to LAN or Disabled FIRST, then the option to select 2.5G as a WAN will appear!

Impressively, the device is powered by a standard USB-C PSU, which is included in the kit. It’s probably no surprise that this device is quite power-efficient, factoring in the ARM CPU alongside the system’s prioritization of Wi-Fi connectivity out of the box rather than LAN/physical WAN connections. At peak Wi-Fi bandwidth utilization, with an active 10G connection, UniFi reports that the device draws just 22 watts at peak usage. Realistically, the device will spend 90% of its time operating at a fraction of this power consumption. Another major difference between the UX7 and other UniFi network management devices released in the last 12 months is that this system does not feature any internal storage or expandable storage via an SD card or USB port.

This means that the system is unable to host popular UniFi add-on applications for surveillance, in-house communication hardware, or dedicated UniFi hardware appliances. These features can still be added via an expanded UniFi network client installation over time, which is why this device is so affordable compared to other solutions. It is designed around gradually expanding your hardware network. That said, it’s a real shame that this device does not include any baseline storage out of the box, as many users would have wanted to utilize it as the base for a convenient and easy-to-deploy UniFi Protect surveillance device. As mentioned earlier, the UX7 is quite a niche device, making it difficult to compare against an already well-provisioned router or business gateway device. The hardware design and connectivity of the UX7 are optimized for a small, compact UniFi gateway deployment, but it also includes provisions for future scalability with wireless access points (for mesh networking) and UniFi switches for expanded connectivity later.

In that vein, let’s now discuss the UniFi Controller software and how the Express 7 takes advantage of it today—while also promising greater expansion capabilities in the future.

UniFi Express 7 Review – Software and Services

IMPORTANT !!!- Currently the Software review of the Ux7 is in progress, but I have already reviewed the UDR7 device which is very similar indeed. So, whilst I complete the UCG-Fiber and UX7 review, I have included the software review of the other 2 devices below, as they are running near identical services and features (but with differences with regard to port/wifi features. I will be amending the below text very soon, but include it here to give a better understanding of what this UniFi controller software can do. Apologies for this in the meantime.

Realistically, no one should be spending inordinate amounts of time using the software that your router arrives with – that’s just a simple fact. Indeed, you want you router (or any network appliance) to just do it’s job! Therefore talking about just how good the UniFi network software is, and how the UniFi Dream Router 7 capitalized on it, is going get a mixed reaction depending on your own level of network knowledge and custom requirements. I will say straight away though that you will really, REALLY struggle to find a more capable and flexible router software at this price point. You will struggle to find ANY setting, config, adjustable parameter of control measure not included with the UX7. First off, there is the mobile application. As the UX7 hosts the UniFi network software, ALOT of the iOS and Android official UniFi applications are supported by the UX7.

Firs time setup of the router using the mobile application (you can use a desktop machine with your web browser if you prefer of course) is incredibly straight forward. The Router can be found via the local area network or Bluetooth within 2 minutes of it’s first power-on. One big misconception (I was guilt of this too a while back) was that you have to register a UI.com account online in order to use UniFi appliances. This is NOT true. You can set the device up without a UI account (and even WITHOUT an internet connection) and doing so just needs to you create a local administrator account. It is recommended to use a UI account of course, as it allowed for easier comms and access for your larger Unifi network, but it is by no means compulsory. You can also create a system backup (with your config data of users, settings, SSIDs, etc) and backup online if you choose – and then easier pull this backup if you wish during initialization easily.

Upon creating local credentials or resisting an online account, the router performs an initial internet performance test and then goes about setting up your router. Much like other recent UniFi releases, the system has a ‘gamer’ style installation screen that shows tips and guides on how to get the most out of your router – very rare in a router I will say.

The setup process takes around 2-3 minutes and after that, you have pretty much FULL control and access to the Router’s configuration from your mobile phone. You can definitely tell that UNiFi have put the hours in with regard to the UX of the mobile application. Routers (and switches for that matter) are NOT easy systems to try and simplify – let along ocndence in a compact mobile UI. However they really have excelled in the latest version of their software.

Management of individual devices on the network are all presented intuitively in the app, and alongside their position/priority/bandwidth/consumption being presented, you can also use the app to institute controls and rules for 1, some or all devices on the fly – with instant implementation. Again, it’s no the fact that you can ‘do’ this that I am impressed by, it is the ease and intuitive way it is presented in a mobile app.

The same applies to the physical connections and wireless connections on the UX7 itself, with full remote control with the app to bridge, negotiate, failover, vLAN, disable, etc any port easily – as well as create new SSIDs, assign channels and push client devices around on the router side in 3-4 clicks. All of this is performed responsively and easily in the app.

On the subject of client devices, let’s discuss that WiFi 7 support. WiFi 7 opens up ALOT of performance and general bandwidth advantages. WiFi routers and client devices have been around now for around 10-12 months, as well as the increase in availability globally of greater than Gigabit internet services. Most internet service providers have already a router with their services – but not many provide WiFi 7 routers with their services, even at greater than gigabit speeds. So, what is the advantage? For the quicker (ish) version, watch my video below.

Now, you might well not have any devices right now that are WiFi 7, but plan on upgrading to WiFi 7 at some point in the further over a PCIe upgrade card. Even if you are using a system that lacks a PCIe upgrade clot, you can get small m.2 upgrade cards for a WiFi 7 / 802.11be upgrade for as little as $15-20 here. Hell, you do not even need to open up your system, as you can now get WiFi 7 to USB adapter upgrades for as little as $25-30, which is exactly what used when testing the router with my Windows 11 laptop for the earlier testing of the UDR7.

The USB-to-WiFi 7 Adapter I used in my testing of the UDR7 was this one HERE on Aliexpress.

This USB to WiFi 7 adapter allowed for immediate 802.11be connectivity between my laptop and the UniFi Dream Router 7, over the now available 6Ghz band. Although there is more to WiFi 7 and this router than just that additional frequency. The UX7 SUPPORTS 2.4Ghz and 5ghz (just like all WiFi 6 and 6E routers), but crucially alongside the 6Ghz band allowing for more active concurrent connections, you are also able to take advantage of 320Mhz bandwidth (till now WiFi 6/6E only allowed for up to the 160Mhz connections). This means that you have a greater bandwidth per connection – though you can only have a finite amount of connections at 320Mhz at once. This is COMBINED with WiFi allowing for overlapping connections too and 1 device enjoying multiple connections at once.

This means that not only can you match the speed of a normal wired gigabit connection, but you can ABSOLUTELY SMASH IT! As you can see below, using this USB adapter on my regular windows laptop, connecting to the UniFi Dream Router 7 over the 6Hz band – I was able to hit 2.8Gb/s wireless connectivity!!! That is even faster than using one of the physical 2.5GbE connections on the UX7.

It’s worth remembering though that WiFi 7 is NOT perfect and although it presents a lot of benefits for bandwidth improvements, reduced latency and increased encryption options, support of the wider frequencies and abilities of a larger WiFi 7 populated network are still a little ‘early days’.

By that, I mean that although you can hit high performance with 320Mhz connections, the actual radio frequency opened up right now (depending on your region) is pretty slim. The UX7 DOES show you the full radio spectrum, separated dynamically with each 20/40/80/160/320Mhz block that is spread across 2.4/5/6Ghz – but ALOT of it is still unavailable to use in many regions.

These limitations are likely going to reduce over time and, therefore you have to look at a decent % of the WiFi capabilities of the UniFi Dream Router 7 as ‘future proofing’ – but just keep in mind that although you can deploy ALOT of wireless (and wired) devices in a UX7 managed environment, those peak 802.11be/WiFi 7 bandwidth improvements are going to be shared only by a few client devices – in reality the real benefits are going to be felt with the opening up of the 6Ghz frequency allowing for more devices to be spread over all three frequencies and bands at 80/160Mhz.

Anotehr note to keep in mind is that the 6Ghz band has a shorter area of effect than 5Ghz (which likewise has a shorter area than WiFi 5). So WiFi7 is at it’s best in closer proximity without walls – more as a cable alternative if you are in the same areas as your UniFi router. But when I connected to a 10GbE NAS (connected to the 10GbE port of my UCG-Fiber), I was able to hit 187MB/s write easily (though read performance was oddly inconsistent – possibly related to the NAS, still investigating – TBC) in CrystalDiskMark.

Likewise, similar testing with the WiFi 7 USB Adapter, through the UX7 and at the 10GbE connected NAS hit 260MB/s+ easily. Once again, I would have easily respected this if I had been connecting with the NAS using the 2.5GbE ports – but I am hugely impressed that I was able to hit this benchmark over a WiFi connection (thanks to that 2.8Gbps 6Ghz setup). Respect!

Additionally, it is very easy to monitor the position, WiFi coverage, Channel and performance of any device connected to the UX7 controller software. Also allowing you to create rules on the fly to automatically manage them later as/when devices arrive.

These same controls also extend all the way down to the ISP input of the UX7 AND IF YOU HAVE MULTIPLE uNIfI AP/Nodes in your setup, can control how/where bandwidth is allocated and the priority of devices/nodes that are unique to your own deployment.

The dashboard features a grouped UI and analytics overview that allows you to see the price traffic that is going into a physical LAN, grouped VLAN or just a single devices on the network – allowing you to see the sites/services/geo data in real time too!

And likewise as before, you can extent these analytics all the way to the root UX7 router to see EVERYTHING happening in realtime in your network and internet connectivity.

Blacklisting (and whitelisting occasionally) or certain websites is also easy to action manually when needed too – or you can import an existing database of ‘bad’ site lists directly into the UX7 to simplify the process.

Once rules, priorities, orders of services and limits have been created, you can then apply them to individual devices, networks, groups, vLANS, etc – even to a physical LAN port if needed. These rules are completely customizable and if 1 parameter is changed on the fly, it immediately actions across all selected devices.

It’s also worth highlighting that UniFi has its own enterprise user identity service (‘Identity Endpoint’) that you can apply to devices if you want to ensure that connected devices on the LAN or WAN are truly secure (client auth tools on each device) and this extends to the VPN and UniFi network client device access too.

I also should stress that although the UX7 seems like a very, VERY proprietary router – UniFi do NOT lock you into having to create an account with them or use only their services. You can set the system up for LOCAL ONLY management and control if you choose. Or even hybrid the two and create 1 secure ‘Identity Endpoint sys admin’, but others are ‘local’ only – nice balance tbh.

And new users (super user or billy basic!) can be created, modified and deleted at any time!

Control and configuration of the UX7 are very straight forward and there are pretty high end configuration options in the backend of the system to control both the local network setup, as well as WiFi connectivity out the box (or added later in the case of systems like the UCG Fiber via the U7/U7 Pro/U6).

And professional SI’s/Technicians can set the system to ‘truly open’ if they wish, and this can be securely controlled as needed. This allows for opening up frequencies in the case of a WiFi setup down the road and advanced settings related to antenna gain/adaption.

The system configuration and control are surprisingly extensive for a $279 router and puts it well, well into the realms of an enterprise-grade solution, despite its Prosumer/SMB price point.

Unsurprisingly, the UX7 has internet speed test tools (either using the native web browser GUI or the WiFiman application for Android/iOS).

But its goes further, with the ability to monitor the packet management in your network (covered earlier) to such as extent that you can even block the server calls to specific sites/vendors that are going through the UniFi manager and block them SPECIFICALLY. Eg, want to keep google services, but NOT YouTube (either for work/professional reasons, or because of your kids homework deadline?) – you can do that REALLY easily.

And you can apply these rules easily and analytics with ease via the topographical network monitoring window. So you can visually see the devices in the network, then apply the rules, in case a new device gets sneakily added to circumnavigate any limits/restricts in palce.

And if you see a sudden spike in internet use, you can (in seconds) isolate the device that is causing it AND see what it is – allowing yo to block/monitor as needed.

Equally, you can set some pretty extensive security provisions to pre-emptively kick in when an unknown device arrives on the scene, or if an existing device in the network begins to be suspicious.

The same goes for creating day 1/100 rules for port forwarding, traffic management and Firewall rules. All of this is HUGELY customizable and most pages in the UniFi GUI feature both ‘simple/easy’ views, as well as much more complex advanced views as needed at the top of each page.

The multiple LAN ports can also be scaled up/down as needed if your existing network is not quite ready for the full network connectivity of the UCG-Fiber too.

And thanks to the UX7 featuring multiple WAN ports, you can decide how you want to handle multiple ISP services into your home/business, to separate/combine/balance between them with ease across your connected devices.

Additionally, each WAN port can be adjusted to a ‘WAN’ or ‘LAN’ roles as needed – even disabled. So, whether it is as a failover internet connection, or that you want to free up that 10GbE port for use as a LAN – The choice is yours!

Also, as mentioned earlier, as the system supported internal storage via the slot, you can go ahead and run UniFi Protect surveillance software too – as well as as an additional switch to the available LAN ports, for cameras or add a camera to the POE port.

There are actually several different surveillance, communications, display or smart appliances in the UniFi portfolio that can be installed on the internet storage drive + also means you have more scope for that POE ready port.

It gets to a point (perhaps) that there are TOO many security and configuration options, and people looking for just a router to ‘just do it’s job’ will be somewhat overwhelmed. Most of the important settings are already set pretty well, but I never the less recommend first time buyers take the time to explore the configuration options present in order to better understand what they are buying here in terms of it’s abilities to protect your network and internet services.

This extends right the way down to the more advanced prevention and intrusion protection measures (Dark Web blocking too). Again, pretty advanced for many, but take the time to look through them if you purchase the UX7.

And if in doubt, you can use the UniFi Teleport VPN service to anonymize your site-to-site exchanges (again, very ‘first party’ and more about SD-WAN level stuff, but does form part of the purchase here).

Also, keep in mind that the UX7 has the option to create Airgaps in it’s wired network AND WiFi connectivity (if you want to add that) that allows you to create automated access times – especially useful for businesses who want to lock down access outside of the usual 9-5 operational hours.

If you want to use WiFi services, yo can create multiple SSIDs of varying degrees of access – and yes, all the controls on security, speed, antenna, frequency, vLAN, etc are all present here too.

When creating those VLANS, you can add specific physical ports, IDs, WiFi APs etc to that vLAN to segregate your network as securely as possible.

And from there you can adjust the vLAN configuration in terms of it’s smooth operation and security directly from the network management panel (as well as view all active vLANS on one page if needed to see how they interact/clash + show each device you have moved in/out of them easily.

And again, all packet management/monitoring are available within the vLAN if you need.

If this all sounds tremendously intimidating, there is a much, MUCH easier 1 panel view in the ‘Insights’ tab that just shows each current network branch and it’s connections/clients in a list format.

Not good enough? How about a global view that shows the data packet exchange in real time with regard to each region (i.e worried that your data is being harvested to an overseas location, this will show you which countries are currently connected with on your UCG-Fiber for upload/download (websites? server? It’s easy to check and find out here!).

Bottom line – the bulk of the UniFi Control Software here is available on the majority of UniFi Router, Express, Cloud Gateway and Dream Machine devices – but the EXTENT to which you can use it is heavily dependent on the device you buy. In the case of the UX7, you have a fantastic balance of Day 1 control sure, but you have an even better management and scalability on the system for when your ISP services double/triple, as well as the number of devices in your network expand.


UniFi Express 7 Review – Verdict and Conclusion

If the UniFi Express 7 had been released about six months ago, I think it would stand out considerably more than it does right now. However, sandwiching its launch between the Wi-Fi 7 UDR7 and the highly LAN-capable UCG-Fiber device somewhat muddles the launch of the UX7. The UX7 is a highly capable and highly expandable appliance that serves as an affordable, low-footprint way for home and business users to begin integrating UniFi into their network. Had this cloud gateway device arrived before the Router 7 or Fiber device, I think its integration would have been hugely appealing. However, given the small $49–$79 price difference between the Router/Fiber devices that UniFi launched at the same time, the UX7 does feel a bit underwhelming by comparison. That isn’t to say that the UX7 is a bad device! It really isn’t. UniFi has crammed a huge amount of capability and expandability into an exceedingly small frame, at just 11 cm²!

This is by far the smallest tri-band Wi-Fi 7 fully capable router-style device that I’ve ever seen, and it arrives at a lower price point than Wi-Fi 7 alternatives from Amazon or Google right now. It is also substantially easier to expand into mesh networks, thanks to the U7, U7 Pro, U6, and U6 Wall devices. Equally, the ease of adoption and integration of UniFi switches into the UX7 down the road means that you can granularly and much more affordably expand your network of UniFi devices over the years. This is a great deal easier than having to spend more money upfront on hardware that you may not even fully utilize in your network for a few years to come. Future-proofing and expandability are once again the key selling points here, but just keep in mind that there are alternatives to this product (including from UniFi themselves) available right now. It would be wise to spend a little more time considering whether those slightly more hardware-rich devices—at less than $100 more from UniFi—might be better suited to your needs.

PROS CONS
  • Affordable Entry Point – At $199, it’s one of the most budget-friendly ways to start a UniFi network with Wi-Fi 7 capabilities.
  • Compact & Energy EfficientSmall footprint (11cm²), lightweight (422g), and low power consumption (22W max) make it ideal for home and office environments.
  • Wi-Fi 7 & Tri-Band Support2.4GHz, 5GHz, and 6GHz bands with Multi-Link Operation (MLO) for better speed, lower latency, and improved reliability.
  • 10GBASE-T WAN Port – Supports high-speed internet connections, making it future-proof for faster broadband rollouts.
  • Scalable with UniFi Ecosystem – Easily integrates into an existing UniFi setup with mesh Wi-Fi, UniFi switches, and other devices.
  • Powerful UniFi SoftwareFull UniFi Controller suite with advanced network management, security, VLANs, and traffic analytics.
  • USB-C Power InputSimple and universal power delivery, allowing for flexible placement and easy powering via third-party adapters.
  • Limited Wired Connectivity – Only one 2.5G LAN port (no PoE), making wired expansion less convenient compared to UDR7 or UCG-Fiber.
  • No Built-in Storage – Cannot run UniFi Protect or other UniFi applications natively, requiring external UniFi hardware for advanced services.

Where to Buy

UniFi Express 7 (UX7) –$199 HERE 

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-FIBER) – $249 HERE

UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) –  $279 HERE 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

UniFi U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall Review

Par : Rob Andrews
3 mars 2025 à 15:28

UniFi U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall WiFi7 Mesh APs Review

UniFi continues to flesh out its Wi-Fi 7 portfolio at the start of 2025, and, hot on the heels of the launch of their latest router and gateway devices, we see this brand start to roll out new Wi-Fi 7 access points intended to challenge both the price point and the hardware level of market alternatives for scaling out your Wi-Fi right now. UniFi has introduced the new compact Wi-Fi 7 U7 Lite access point, and at just $99, this is easily the best-value Wi-Fi 7 and 2.5GbE PoE-equipped mesh access point in the market—full stop! Alongside this, UniFi has upgraded the compact wall-deployed range with the new U7 In-Wall access point at $149, featuring three 2.5GbE ports, PoE power, and PoE pass-through network ports, as well as Wi-Fi 7 support. Needless to say, these are ideally designed for deployment in an existing UniFi network, but they are not strictly locked into that, and for some, they could be used for slow migration away from their existing wireless mesh setup via integration into third-party systems and eventually replacing it with a UniFi setup over time. But are these actually any good? How do they stack up against the current U7 Pro and U7 Pro Max Wi-Fi points? Ultimately, what have you lost in these due to this reduction in size that you may well be missing out on if you just go for the more established and available UniFi Wi-Fi 7 access points in their portfolio? Let’s discuss it in today’s review and testing.

UniFi U7 Lite & U7 In-Wall Review – Quick Conclusion

The UniFi U7 In-Wall and UniFi U7 Lite have clearly been designed for more modest and small-scale deployments, where the current range of UniFi Wi-Fi 7 APs may be overkill for some. You cannot fault the pricing strategy that UniFi has gone for here, especially when it comes to affordability. Notwithstanding the convenience of deploying PoE access points, that $99 price tag to scale up a Wi-Fi 7 AP that isn’t going to throttle the network bandwidth down to standard gigabit speeds is going to be hugely desirable. Equally, as UniFi has been upscaling a number of their PoE switches and gateway devices to feature 2.5GbE PoE, it is no coincidence that these Wi-Fi 7 PoE APs are rolling out at the same time. Power consumption seems pretty impressive, and whether you want to trust the UniFi Controller to manage your devices across individual bands and frequencies, or manually bind devices to specific frequencies, is totally at your disposal. This provides a neat balance between the novice user and the network enthusiast, allowing different levels of control based on user expertise. The only major downfall you can throw at either of these Wi-Fi AP devices is the lack of support for the 6 GHz frequency. It’s an important distinction for those who understand the benefits of Wi-Fi 7 and MLO, as the ability to access more available bandwidth is significantly reduced without the 6 GHz spectrum, resulting in less wireless sandbox to work with. That being said, these models are clearly designed to be as affordable as possible, and it could be argued that the less tech-savvy user might not even realize this feature is missing. However, if you are opting for either of these wireless AP devices or upgrading your Wi-Fi network to Wi-Fi 7 and truly want to maximize its potential, I would say spend the extra and get the U7 Pro or U7 Pro Max. For single-device Wi-Fi networks, the U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall are more than sufficient for these needs and are phenomenally great value.

BUILD QUALITY - 9/10
HARDWARE - 7/10
PERFORMANCE - 7/10
PRICE - 10/10
VALUE - 10/10


8.6
PROS
👍🏻Affordable Pricing – The U7 Lite ($99) and U7 In-Wall ($149) provide excellent value for those looking to upgrade to Wi-Fi 7 without the premium cost.
👍🏻2.5GbE PoE Support – Both APs support 2.5GbE uplink, ensuring faster network speeds without being throttled to 1GbE.
👍🏻Multi-Link Operation (MLO) – Allows better stability and throughput by utilizing multiple bands simultaneously, even without 6 GHz.
👍🏻Flexible Deployment – The U7 Lite is ideal for mesh expansions, while the U7 In-Wall adds extra wired connectivity with two additional 2.5GbE ports (one with PoE pass-through).
👍🏻Easy Network Management – The UniFi Controller software allows both automated and manual control, catering to both novices and power users.
👍🏻Efficient Power Consumption – These APs remain power-efficient, making them suitable for multiple deployments without excessive energy costs.
CONS
👎🏻No 6 GHz Support – Without Wi-Fi 7\'s 6 GHz band, these models lack access to the full 320 MHz bandwidth, potentially leading to higher congestion in busy environments.
👎🏻Limited for High-Density Networks – While they support 200+ clients, they lack the higher spatial streams of the U7 Pro and Pro Max, making them less suitable for very crowded networks.

Where to Buy

UniFi U7 In-Wall – $149 HERE

UniFi U7 Lite – $99 HERE 

UniFi U7 Pro –$189 HERE 

UniFi U7 Pro Max –$279 HERE 


UniFi U7 Lite & U7 in-Wall Review – Design and Hardware

The UniFi U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall are the latest additions to UniFi’s Wi-Fi 7-enabled access points, offering more budget-friendly alternatives to the U7 Pro and Pro Max. While these new models lack 6 GHz support, they retain many of the advantages of Wi-Fi 7, such as Multi-Link Operation (MLO) and higher bandwidth options for improved connectivity. Wi-Fi 7 introduces several key improvements over its predecessors, including Multi-Link Operation (MLO), wider bandwidth support, and higher efficiency for multiple connected devices. However, one of its most significant advantages comes from its ability to use the 6 GHz band, allowing for 320 MHz channel widths and significantly lower interference. While the U7 Pro and Pro Max fully leverage these benefits, the U7 Lite and In-Wall models are limited to the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands, making them less capable in high-density environments but still powerful for general use.

Despite lacking 6 GHz capabilities, the U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall can still take advantage of MLO, allowing them to combine multiple frequency bands for improved stability and speed. This means that in practical use, they can still offer impressive throughput and reliable performance, even though they cannot reach the peak speeds of their Pro counterparts. For users who do not yet have many Wi-Fi 7-enabled devices, or who primarily need strong 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz coverage, these models offer a cost-effective solution that integrates well into UniFi’s ecosystem. That said, users looking for future-proofing and high-performance networking should still consider the U7 Pro or Pro Max, as they provide higher spatial streams, full 6 GHz access, and better support for high-density Wi-Fi environments. These factors make the Pro models a better fit for large offices, multi-device households, and advanced networking setups, while the U7 Lite and In-Wall models are more suited for smaller deployments and cost-conscious expansions of existing UniFi networks.

UniFi U7 Lite Hardware

The U7 Lite is designed as a compact ceiling or wall-mounted AP, delivering 115 square meters (1,250 square feet) of coverage with dual-band 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz support. It features a 2.5GbE PoE-powered connection and requires 13W at full power draw. Unlike the In-Wall model, it lacks additional Ethernet ports but still provides Wi-Fi 7 capabilities with up to 4.3 Gbps (BW240) and an 8 dBi antenna gain.

While compact, the U7 Lite is optimized for general wireless expansion in homes, offices, and mesh network deployments. It supports Multi-Link Operation (MLO), allowing it to operate across multiple frequencies for more stable connections. The plastic enclosure makes it lightweight, and its ceiling-mountable design ensures broad, unobstructed coverage.

Below is a hardware comparison table summarizing key specifications of the U7 Lite:

Feature UniFi U7 Lite
Wi-Fi Standard Wi-Fi 7 (802.11be)
Bands 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz
MIMO 5Ghz 2×2
MIMO 2.4Ghz 2×2
Max Data Rate 4.3 Gbps (BW240)
PoE Support Yes, 13W (Max)
Ethernet Ports 1x 2.5GbE
Antenna Gain 5 dBi / 4 dBi
Coverage 115 m² (1,250 ft²)
Mounting Ceiling / Wall
SSID Count 8 Max per Radio
Enclosure Material Plastic

UniFi U7 In-Wall Hardware

The U7 In-Wall, priced at $149, is a versatile Wi-Fi 7 access point designed for wall-mounted deployment, making it a great fit for structured networking setups. It provides 115 square meters (1,250 square feet) of coverage and supports over 200 clients simultaneously, making it suitable for home and office environments. Like the U7 Lite, it supports dual-band Wi-Fi 7 (2.4 GHz and 5 GHz) but offers three 2.5GbE ports, including PoE pass-through on one of the outputs. This feature is particularly useful for powering additional devices like VoIP phones or cameras directly from the AP, reducing the need for extra power adapters.

The U7 In-Wall is designed for both wired and wireless expansion, making it stand out from simpler access points. The PoE+ uplink port (13W max) ensures efficient power delivery while enabling a seamless connection to an existing UniFi network. The metal wall mount design adds durability and stability, making it ideal for multi-room home setups or business deployments. Additionally, with 8 SSID support, it allows for network segmentation, a crucial feature for separating guest, IoT, or business traffic without requiring additional hardware.

Feature UniFi U7 In-Wall
Wi-Fi Standard Wi-Fi 7 (802.11be)
Bands 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz
Max Data Rate 4.3 Gbps (BW240)
PoE Support Yes, 13W
Ethernet Ports 3x 2.5GbE (1 PoE+)
PoE Pass-Through Yes, on one 2.5GbE port
Antenna Gain 8 dBi
Coverage 115 m² (1,250 ft²)
Mounting Wall-mounted
Enclosure Material Metal & Polycarbonate

Compared to the U7 Lite, the In-Wall model offers significantly greater wired networking flexibility. The addition of two extra Ethernet ports—one with PoE pass-through—makes it ideal for deployments that require a mix of wired and wireless devices. The Lite, in contrast, is more focused on providing general Wi-Fi coverage in open spaces without built-in wired networking expansion. This means that while the Lite is well-suited for broad Wi-Fi coverage, the In-Wall excels in scenarios where wired device connectivity is necessary.

Both models share several core benefits, including Wi-Fi 7 support, 2×2 MIMO on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, and Multi-Link Operation (MLO). However, their lack of 6 GHz support and 320 MHz channel width capabilities means they cannot take full advantage of Wi-Fi 7’s highest potential speeds. Unlike the U7 Lite, which primarily targets budget-conscious users looking for general wireless coverage, the In-Wall is geared toward users who need wired connectivity and centralized networking within a single unit. In contrast, the U7 Pro and U7 Pro Max offer full 6 GHz support, unlocking higher bandwidth, lower interference, and greater efficiency in high-density environments. These premium models also include higher spatial streams and the ability to support more than 500 clients, making them a better fit for large offices, high-traffic environments, or future-proof setups. While the U7 Lite and In-Wall deliver strong performance at a lower price, users with demanding Wi-Fi 7 use cases may still find the U7 Pro series to be a superior long-term investment.

The U7 In-Wall is a versatile Wi-Fi 7 access point designed for wall-mounted deployment, making it a great fit for structured networking setups. It provides 115 square meters (1,250 square feet) of coverage and supports over 200 clients simultaneously, making it suitable for home and office environments. Like the U7 Lite, it supports dual-band Wi-Fi 7 (2.4 GHz and 5 GHz), but it enhances flexibility with three 2.5GbE ports, including PoE pass-through on one of the outputs. This feature is particularly useful for powering additional devices like VoIP phones or cameras directly from the AP. Unlike the U7 Lite, the U7 In-Wall is optimized for wired networking expansion while maintaining strong wireless performance. The PoE+ uplink port (13W max) allows for efficient power delivery, ensuring seamless integration into existing UniFi networks. The metal wall mount design provides durability and stability, making it ideal for permanent installations in commercial or multi-room home setups. The 8 SSID support allows for network segmentation, an essential feature for businesses and shared environments.

While the U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall share several similarities, such as dual-band Wi-Fi 7 support and 4.3 Gbps max speeds on 5 GHz, the In-Wall model stands out due to its extra Ethernet ports and PoE pass-through. These additions make it the better choice for users who need both wireless and wired expansion in their setup. The Lite, on the other hand, is geared more towards general Wi-Fi coverage in open areas, lacking the physical networking enhancements of the In-Wall model. In terms of shared benefits, both models lack 6 GHz support, meaning they do not leverage the full 320 MHz bandwidth available in Wi-Fi 7. However, both utilize Multi-Link Operation (MLO) to improve connectivity stability, ensuring strong performance even without access to 6 GHz channels. Additionally, their MIMO configurations (2×2 on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz) allow for consistent speeds across multiple devices, making them solid choices for Wi-Fi 7-enabled networks.

When compared to the U7 Pro and U7 Pro Max, the In-Wall and Lite models are more budget-friendly but also less feature-rich. The Pro and Pro Max benefit from 6 GHz support, higher spatial streams, and greater client capacity, making them ideal for high-density environments with demanding workloads. While the Lite and In-Wall are excellent for general networking, users needing future-proofing, greater bandwidth, and larger-scale deployment capabilities will still find the U7 Pro and Pro Max to be the superior choices. The U7 In-Wall, priced at $149, is a step up from the Lite version, integrating additional networking flexibility. Like the Lite model, it offers Wi-Fi 7 support on the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands, but it distinguishes itself with two additional 2.5GbE LAN ports, one of which supports PoE pass-through. This makes it ideal for users needing wired connections for additional devices. The metal wall mount design ensures a stable and durable setup, making it a great option for expanding mesh networks. Let’s start the tests!

Feature UniFi U7 Pro UniFi U7 Pro Max UniFi U7 Lite UniFi U7 In-Wall
Wi-Fi Standard Wi-Fi 7 (802.11be) Wi-Fi 7 (802.11be) Wi-Fi 7 (802.11be) Wi-Fi 7 (802.11be)
Bands 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz / 6 GHz 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz / 6 GHz 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz
Max Data Rate 11.5 Gbps (6 GHz) / 5.8 Gbps (5 GHz) / 1.4 Gbps (2.4 GHz) 11.5 Gbps (6 GHz) / 5.8 Gbps (5 GHz) / 1.4 Gbps (2.4 GHz) 4.3 Gbps (5 GHz) / 688 Mbps (2.4 GHz) 4.3 Gbps (5 GHz) / 688 Mbps (2.4 GHz)
MIMO Configuration 2×2 (6 GHz) / 2×2 (5 GHz) / 2×2 (2.4 GHz) 2×2 (6 GHz) / 4×4 (5 GHz) / 2×2 (2.4 GHz) 2×2 (5 GHz) / 2×2 (2.4 GHz) 2×2 (5 GHz) / 2×2 (2.4 GHz)
Max Clients 500+ 500+ 200+ 200+
Ethernet Ports 1x 2.5GbE 1x 2.5GbE 1x 2.5GbE 3x 2.5GbE (1 PoE+)
PoE Support Yes, 802.3bt (PoE++) Yes, 802.3bt (PoE++) Yes, 802.3at (PoE+) Yes, 802.3at (PoE+)
PoE Pass-Through No No No Yes, on 1x 2.5GbE port
Channel Width 20/40/80/160/320 MHz 20/40/80/160/320 MHz 20/40/80/160/240 MHz 20/40/80/160/240 MHz
Antenna Gain 10 dBi 12 dBi 8 dBi 8 dBi
Coverage 140 m² (1,500 ft²) 140 m² (1,500 ft²) 115 m² (1,250 ft²) 115 m² (1,250 ft²)
Mounting Ceiling / Wall Ceiling / Wall Ceiling / Wall Wall-mounted
Enclosure Material Plastic Plastic Plastic Metal & Polycarbonate
Price ~$179 ~$199 $99 $149

UniFi U7 Lite & U7 In-Wall Review – Performance Tests

To put these devices to the test, I conducted a series of benchmarks comparing them directly against the UniFi U7 Pro. The tests included file transfer speeds, internet speed tests, and long-range performance in different real-world conditions, helping illustrate where each access point excels and where certain compromises arise.

IMPORTANTIn every test, I let the client Windows laptop have it’s frequency and band be dictated by the USB WiFi 7 adapter AND the UniFi AP. I ran the ‘optimization’ scan on each UniFi AP once up to the first connection, but after that I trusted the Access Point to manage the connection and frequency position. I KNOW I could have manually adjusted/bonded bands and frequencies to each device for the tests (and most likely improve the results of each device), but this likely would not represent the average novice user experience, who would want to ‘trust’ the AP to handle their connection. So remember, that if you are connected to a UniFi U7/U7 Pro/U7 Pro Max/UY Lite/U7 In-Wall AP and you are getting low speeds, it might serve you well to log into your UniFi controller and set your bands/frequencies manually for priority devices.


  • Router/Gateway: UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-Fiber)
  • Internet Connection: 1Gbps Down / 100+ Mbps Up
  • Testing Device: Windows 11 laptop with a Wi-Fi 7 USB adapter HERE 
  • NAS for File Transfer: TerraMaster F4-424 Max (10GbE NAS) and a 10GB 4K .MP4 File
  • Testing Distance: 10m (clear indoor), 5m (two walls in between), 20m & 30m (outdoor testing)

This setup aims to simulate typical deployment scenarios while factoring in both simple and obstructed line-of-sight conditions.


File Transfer Speed Test (10m, Clear Indoor)

  • U7 Pro: 3 minutes 18 seconds (2.8 Gbps connection)
  • U7 In-Wall: 4 minutes 31 seconds (1.4 Gbps connection)
  • U7 Lite: 3 minutes 38 seconds (1.4 Gbps connection)

Analysis:

  • The U7 Pro benefits from 6 GHz support and 320 MHz bandwidth, enabling significantly higher throughput, especially at close range with minimal interference.
  • The U7 Lite comes surprisingly close to the Pro’s performance despite lacking 6 GHz, showing that its 5 GHz performance and MLO are still quite strong under optimal conditions.
  • The U7 In-Wall is slower than the U7 Lite by almost a whole minute, yet it remains competitive for most home or small office needs.

Internet Speed Tests (Ookla Speed Test – 10m, Clear Indoor)

  • U7 Pro: 689 Mbps Down / 79 Mbps Up
  • U7 In-Wall: 491 Mbps Down / 82 Mbps Up
  • U7 Lite: 479 Mbps Down / 88 Mbps Up

Analysis:

  • The U7 Pro again comes out on top, showcasing the advantage of 6 GHz in an environment where the internet connection can exceed typical 2.4/5 GHz bandwidth.
  • Both the U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall achieve around 500 Mbps, which is more than adequate for everyday use. Their slight gap compared to the Pro is expected given their lack of 6 GHz.
  • Upload speeds are fairly close among all three, indicating stable performance on the 2.4/5 GHz bands even without the Pro’s extra frequency options.

File Transfer Test (5m, Two Walls in Between)

  • U7 Pro: 13 minutes 31 seconds (fluctuated between 800 Mbps – 2.8 Gbps)
  • U7 In-Wall: 5 minutes 1 second (consistent 1.2-1.4 Gbps)
  • U7 Lite: 8 minutes 2 seconds (locked at 720 Mbps)

Analysis:

  • The U7 Pro suffers here because it constantly attempts to leverage 6 GHz and MLO. Thick walls and interior interference can cause frequent band-switching, disrupting throughput consistency. I still want to investigate this, as it seems unusually slow – TBC
  • The U7 In-Wall excels by settling quickly on a steady 5 GHz link, showing that fewer available bands can sometimes reduce overhead and yield consistent speeds.
  • The U7 Lite offers moderate performance; it didn’t dynamically switch to multiple bands, so its stable but lower throughput (720 Mbps) resulted in a middling transfer time.

Long-Range Performance (20m & 30m, Outdoor)

  • At 20m:

    • U7 Pro: Maintained a 6 GHz connection at 612 Mbps
    • U7 In-Wall: Used MLO (2.4 & 5 GHz) – 146 Mbps / 154 Mbps
    • U7 Lite: Maintained a 5 GHz connection at 680 Mbps
  • At 30m:

    • U7 Pro: Dropped to 720 Mbps / 367 Mbps
    • U7 In-Wall: Maintained MLO connection at 146 Mbps / 172 Mbps
    • U7 Lite: Maintained a single 5 GHz connection at 136 Mbps / 324 Mbps

Analysis:

  • U7 Pro’s 6 GHz signal offers high peak speeds, but 6 GHz can degrade faster over distance or through obstacles. Once it drops down, it’s still fast, yet its throughput can vary as it switches.
  • U7 In-Wall uses MLO to combine 2.4 and 5 GHz, prioritizing reliability over sheer speed, which makes it ideal for consistent coverage in multi-floor homes or offices.
  • U7 Lite sticks to 5 GHz, delivering a surprisingly solid signal at 20m and 30m. This approach prevents the frequent channel shifts seen on the Pro, resulting in smoother, if not top-tier, long-range performance.


Overall, these tests highlight the trade-offs each model makes:

  • U7 Pro or U7 Pro Max: Best raw performance and peak speeds, but can suffer from complex band-hopping in tricky environments.
  • U7 In-Wall: Balances wired flexibility with reliable 5 GHz coverage, ideal for consistent performance and versatile setups.
  • U7 Lite: Compact and cost-effective, with speeds that rival the Pro at shorter distances but without the Pro’s complexity—well-suited for simpler mesh expansions.

Whether you prioritize peak throughput (U7 Pro), flexible wired connectivity (U7 In-Wall), or affordability and easy placement (U7 Lite), each model has distinct strengths to suit different user needs.

UniFi U7 Lite & U7 in Wall Review – Verdict and Conclusion

The UniFi U7 In-Wall and UniFi U7 Lite are well-positioned as affordable, small-scale Wi-Fi 7 solutions, offering dual-band 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz connectivity, 2.5GbE PoE support, and Multi-Link Operation (MLO) for improved stability. At $149 for the In-Wall and $99 for the Lite, they provide a cost-effective way to expand a UniFi network while avoiding the higher price points of Pro-tier APs. The U7 In-Wall stands out with its two additional 2.5GbE ports, including PoE pass-through, making it particularly useful for wired and wireless networking in a single unit, ideal for structured setups. Meanwhile, the U7 Lite serves as a simple and efficient mesh expansion option, making it a great fit for users looking for broad Wi-Fi coverage at a low cost.

However, the most significant limitation of these models is their lack of 6 GHz support, meaning they cannot leverage the full 320 MHz bandwidth that Wi-Fi 7 is capable of, potentially leading to higher congestion in busier environments. While MLO helps compensate, users in high-density areas may find that spending extra on the U7 Pro or U7 Pro Max is the smarter choice for future-proofing and superior performance. Still, for budget-conscious users or those expanding a smaller network, both the U7 In-Wall and U7 Lite are exceptional value, providing strong performance, power efficiency, and seamless UniFi integration without the premium price tag.

Pros of the U7 Lite / U7 In-Wall AP Cons of the U7 Lite / U7 In-Wall AP
✅ Affordable Pricing – The U7 Lite ($99) and U7 In-Wall ($149) provide excellent value for those looking to upgrade to Wi-Fi 7 without the premium cost.
✅ 2.5GbE PoE Support – Both APs support 2.5GbE uplink, ensuring faster network speeds without being throttled to 1GbE.
✅ Multi-Link Operation (MLO) – Allows better stability and throughput by utilizing multiple bands simultaneously, even without 6 GHz.
✅ Flexible Deployment – The U7 Lite is ideal for mesh expansions, while the U7 In-Wall adds extra wired connectivity with two additional 2.5GbE ports (one with PoE pass-through).
✅ Easy Network Management – The UniFi Controller software allows both automated and manual control, catering to both novices and power users.
✅ Efficient Power Consumption – These APs remain power-efficient, making them suitable for multiple deployments without excessive energy costs.
❌ No 6 GHz Support – Without Wi-Fi 7’s 6 GHz band, these models lack access to the full 320 MHz bandwidth, potentially leading to higher congestion in busy environments.
❌ Limited for High-Density Networks – While they support 200+ clients, they lack the higher spatial streams of the U7 Pro and Pro Max, making them less suitable for very crowded networks.

Where to Buy

UniFi U7 In-Wall – $149 HERE

UniFi U7 Lite – $99 HERE 

UniFi U7 Pro –$189 HERE 

UniFi U7 Pro Max –$279 HERE 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – REALLY Worth $279?

Par : Rob Andrews
26 février 2025 à 18:00

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review

When it comes to the hardware in your network environment, UniFi has always been one of those companies where you are either fully invested in practically every network appliance in its ecosystem or have nothing to do with it. A UniFi ecosystem is designed to allow you to easily and efficiently manage your entire network environment. In recent years, the brand has expanded beyond simple network appliances into a lot more IoT and client-edge tech found in homes and offices, further expanding this ecosystem. In the last year alone, we’ve seen them double down on surveillance, introduce network-attached storage, open up third-party hardware integration, and more. Today, I want to discuss their latest router, the UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR 7), a new scaled-up 10G and WiFi 7 refresh of their existing WiFi 6 desktop-style router. Arriving at the mid-range price of around $279, it sits comfortably between affordable entry-level WiFi 7 routers from the likes of TP-Link while significantly undercutting pricing of bigger network routers from Amazon, Netgear, and Asus. Arriving with the UniFi Network and Router operating systems, as well as support for numerous UniFi software appliances, the UDR 7 marks a significant step up for comparatively domestic routers as we enter the seventh generation of wireless connectivity. Can this router be used in your network alongside non-UniFi equipment? And will this router serve you long-term as your client hardware scales up in line with modern tech innovation? Let’s find out.

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – Quick Conclusion

As appealing as the UniFi router and network software that this system is bundled with are, the main praise I have to give the UDR 7 is that everyone is going to feel the benefits of this router in their network at this price point. The small compromises it has compared to the previous UDR system (such as fewer PoE ports) are immediately outweighed by its versatility, which would be hard to find at a better price elsewhere. The fact that all LAN ports are 2.5G and that the two WAN/LAN ports are 2.5G and 10G SFP+ respectively puts this router massively ahead of most competitors in the sub-$300 market. Equally, support for the UniFi Protect surveillance software and the included WD Purple SD card storage are nice extras that you don’t commonly find elsewhere—let alone the inclusion of a PoE 2.5G port. The router and network management software is, of course, quintessentially UniFi in its presentation. Striking a balance between usability and information is a tough challenge, and the UniFi software almost succeeds. It excels in its presentation and management via the mobile app, though the desktop UI could be a touch more intuitive. How could you make wireless and wired network management truly user-friendly? That said, the UDR 7 is a genuinely WiFi 7-ready router, offering 2×2 6GHz coverage and taking advantage of all the frequency and bandwidth benefits afforded to true WiFi 7 6GHz clients. Add a simple $20 USB WiFi 7 adapter to your system, and you can immediately enjoy base-level 2.8Gbps wireless connectivity, scaling this up substantially with the right WiFi 7 wireless NICs. Even if you’re not in love with the UniFi software platform or handing management of your services over to Ubiquiti’s remote services, you can still set up the device without a UI.com account. You do not need to deploy it with UniFi Network equipment, and VPN and encrypted protocol services can still be managed via popular third-party options if preferred.

Buying a router for your home or business instead of relying on the one supplied by your ISP can often feel like an unnecessary expense. However, considering the price point and the network advantages the UDR 7 provides, I believe this system is worth it. Some of its services might require additional polish over time, and greater network capabilities on this router will be realized as technology progresses, but I wholeheartedly recommend the UDR 7 for the majority of setups.

BUILD QUALITY - 10/10
HARDWARE - 9/10
PERFORMANCE - 9/10
PRICE - 8/10
VALUE - 9/10


9.0
PROS
👍🏻WiFi 7 Support – Offers Genuine 6GHz connectivity with 320MHz channels, enabling faster speeds and lower latency.
👍🏻Multi-Gig Networking – Includes three 2.5GbE LAN ports and a 10GbE SFP+ WAN/LAN port, making it highly future-proof.
👍🏻Comprehensive UniFi Software – Provides robust network management features, including VLANs, QoS, IDS/IPS security, and VPN support.
👍🏻Integrated UniFi Protect Support – Comes with a pre-installed 64GB WD Purple SD card, allowing local video storage for security cameras.
👍🏻Flexible WAN/LAN Configurations – Supports dual WAN for failover or load balancing, or repurposing the 10GbE SFP+ port as LAN.
👍🏻High Customization & Security – Offers advanced firewall controls, application-aware filtering, and in-depth traffic analytics.
👍🏻User-Friendly Mobile App – Easy setup and management via the UniFi mobile app, with intuitive controls and real-time monitoring.
👍🏻No UI.com Account Required – Can be set up locally without requiring an online UniFi account, providing more control over network privacy.
CONS
👎🏻Limited PoE Support – Only includes one PoE-enabled 2.5GbE port, which may be a drawback for users looking to power multiple UniFi cameras or access points.
👎🏻6GHz Band Availability Varies by Region – While WiFi 7 delivers significant improvements, the 6GHz spectrum and 320MHz channels may not be fully available in all areas, limiting real-world performance.
👎🏻Not the Most Budget-Friendly Option – Although competitively priced for a WiFi 7 router, there are still more cost-effective alternatives on the market, especially for users who don’t need UniFi’s ecosystem.

Where to Buy

UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) –  $279 HERE 

UniFi Express 7 (UX7) –$199 HERE 

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-FIBER) – $249 HERE

 

Feature

Specification

Processor

Quad-Core ARM Cortex-A53, 1.5GHz

Memory

3GB DDR4

Storage

SD Card Slot (64GB WD Purple SD Card pre-installed)

WiFi Standard

WiFi 7 (802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax/be)

MIMO Configuration

2×2 (2.4GHz, 5GHz, 6GHz)

Maximum Throughput

2.4GHz: 688Mbps

5GHz: 4.3Gbps

6GHz: 5.7Gbps

LAN Ports

3x 2.5GbE (Port 1 PoE)

WAN Ports

1x 2.5GbE WAN/LAN

1x 10GbE SFP+ WAN/LAN

Security Features

– Signature-based IPS/IDS

– Application-aware firewall

– Content, domain, ad, and country filtering

QoS

– WiFi QoS with UniFi APs

– Application, domain, and country-based QoS

VPN Support

– WireGuard, L2TP, OpenVPN server

– OpenVPN client

– IPsec and OpenVPN site-to-site

– One-click Teleport and Identity VPN

Firewall

Full stateful firewall with advanced rules

Segmentation

VLAN and subnet-based traffic segmentation

Internet Failover

LTE backup support

DHCP Features

DHCP relay and customizable DHCP server

IPv6 Support

Yes

IGMP Proxy

Supported

Bluetooth

For setup

LCD/LCM Screen

Integrated

Physical Dimensions

110 x 110 x 184.1 mm

Weight

1.1kg

Encryption Standards

WEP, WPA-PSK, WPA-Enterprise (WPA/WPA2/WPA3)

Max SSIDs

8 per radio frequency/channel

Other Capabilities

– License-free SD-WAN

– Application and device identification

– Internet quality and outage reporting

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – Design

The UniFi Dream Router 7 arrives in the same pretty and aesthetically eye-catching packaging as most UniFi products do. The fold-out cardboard packaging does a great job of protecting the device in transit while still looking absolutely great.

The unit is held tightly in custom multi-part card plus foam, and the power cable and small accessory kit are located in their own compartment at the bottom. I say accessory kit, but what there is is simply a two-pin power connector, a small manufacturer’s warranty booklet, and a pin. That’s really it. The router is designed with the software already preloaded in the system and is pretty much good to go as soon as you plug it into the power and connect your existing internet connection into an SFP RJ45 WAN port.

It is very different in design to pretty much every other router in the market, although a touch similar to that of the Apple or Amazon routers. UniFi has bolstered the existing design of the previous router/capsule style of devices and has simply scaled things up a little bit here with improved cooling and venting. It’s actually surprisingly compact for the amount of connectivity it has to offer.

The front of the system is also remarkably understated, though it does feature a small LCD panel that gives real-time information about active traffic utilization on the system. This is not exactly groundbreaking, but it does add to the aesthetic style and is arguably more than a lot of routers give you in the market anyway.

Flipping the device around shows us a bevy of network connections, and I’ll be honest—what there is to see is (brackets mostly closed brackets) absolutely fantastic for a router at this price, but more on that in a bit. The base of the system features a WPS button for easy connections just like you would find on the majority of other routers, as well as additional ventilation to keep things cool when the system’s in operation. I’m not really in love with the idea of the router not featuring much in the way of LEDs, and I do wonder about the temperatures of this system when you’re utilizing all four 2.5G connections and the 10G at once (not to mention all of those antennas running 6GHz connections). Certainly, I might have my reservations about deploying a router like this in a closed cupboard or non-ventilated location.

Instead of individual LEDs that denote connection, health, and internet health, the system instead uses a rather attractive ring color system at the top of the router that denotes the health and connectivity of an internet connection. Again, I think I would much rather have a little bit more front-mounted visualization of what’s going on with the individual connections rather than the streamlined LCD and internet LED indicator at the top, but I also know that, as more of a network systems addict, I do not represent most users. All in all, the design is exactly what you would expect from a UniFi product and does manage to cram a lot in while still maintaining a very unique and appealing aesthetic. However, there is quite a lot of hardware packed under the bonnet here; let’s discuss the ports and connectivity on this system.

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – Ports and Connections

The previous UniFi Dream Machine Router stood out from a number of other WiFi 6 routers in the market thanks to its affordable price point and support for 2.5G WAN and PoE network connections. Now, the new UDR 7 scales things up in almost every way—but the one area it doesn’t improve upon may annoy some. For now, though, let’s discuss the default network connectivity.

There are five physical ports on the rear of the UniFi Dream Router 7. There are four copper 2.5G connections and a 10G SFP connection. Three of the 2.5G connections are dedicated LAN ports, each of which supports up to 279MB per second active connectivity.

There is then a further 2.5G optional WAN or LAN port, also in copper, that can have its utilization configured in the UniFi router software as needed. With an increase in greater-than-gigabit speeds around the world, alongside traditional ISP routers arriving with 2.5G ports for these higher-speed services, the fact that the default is 2.5G is going to be hugely appealing.

However, the UDR 7 also benefits from the inclusion of a 10G SFP connection, much like a number of premium-priced WiFi 7 routers, but at more than half the price. This is particularly useful as it too can be set as needed as a WAN port or a LAN port. That means the user can decide whether they want to directly pipe a high-speed fiber connection straight into the router to be shared across the other four 2.5G connections (covering the bulk of that 10G input), or leave this port as a LAN port for 10G NAS connectivity. That’s pretty useful and definitely advantageous in terms of scalability and long-term future-proofing as internet services in your home or business increase over time and the network capability of the appliances you buy likewise improves. This is a fantastic base-level network connection setup on the UDR 7. Once again, at $279, it makes it particularly appealing.

However, a little bit of good news/bad news is that, although the UDR 7 features a PoE port, it only features a single PoE copper output compared to the two PoE connections of the previous generation router. As the UDR 7 supports the installation of the UniFi Protect surveillance software (something we’ll touch on later), there are definitely going to be users a little disappointed that the ease of deploying PoE cameras directly into the router has been effectively halved here. This is especially disappointing now that UniFi Protect supports third-party PoE cameras too. Likewise, with an increase in PoE-ready accessories and devices from UniFi being released, some may find it a bitter pill to swallow that this new router has diminished this rather unique selling point of the previous generation UniFi router.

One interesting extra feature of the UniFi Dream Router 7 is that it features a microSD slot that arrives pre-populated with a 64GB card. This card is used in conjunction with the previously mentioned surveillance services and means that this router serves adequately as an alternative to a UniFi Dream Machine Pro or UNVR (albeit on a much smaller storage scale) for recording domestic surveillance cameras and keeping your footage. Another small note here: no one would have blamed UniFi if they’d included domestic SD cards that just happened to have the UniFi logo on them. Indeed, I don’t think anyone would have judged UniFi harshly if they hadn’t included an SD card at all! Nevertheless, this WiFi 7 router not only includes an SD card at no additional cost, but it is a WD Purple surveillance-designed SD card. Fair play.

In terms of WiFi connectivity, the router arrives with support for the 2.4GHz, 5GHz, and WiFi 7-specific 6GHz bands at 2×2. Equally, thanks to the opening of the 320MHz frequency blocks and multi-stream capabilities of WiFi 7, individually connected WiFi 7-ready appliances have the potential to not only exceed legacy physical gigabit LAN connections but achieve multiple times that speed.

For example, utilizing a simple budget $20 USB 6GHz WiFi 7 adapter from AliExpress, I was immediately able to create a direct 2.8Gbps WiFi connection between my Windows 11 laptop and the UniFi Dream Router 7. That is even greater than the physical 2.5Gbps connections on the router.

Let’s dig a little deeper into the wireless capabilities of this router and what it can and cannot do.

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – Internal Hardware

The UniFi Dream Router 7 is built with a quad-core ARM Cortex-A53 processor clocked at 1.5GHz, paired with 3GB of DDR4 memory. This hardware configuration supports advanced networking functions such as multi-gigabit data throughput, VLAN segmentation, and application-aware security features. The DDR4 memory ensures improved performance and energy efficiency compared to older memory standards, which is crucial for delivering consistent and reliable network performance under load. The router’s CPU architecture is well-suited for multitasking, enabling it to handle multiple operations simultaneously without significant performance bottlenecks. In terms of real-world performance, the quad-core processor and 3GB of memory enable the Dream Router 7 to meet the demands of modern home and small-business networks.

The processor handles resource-intensive tasks like VPN connections, quality-of-service (QoS) adjustments, and advanced intrusion detection systems (IDS) efficiently. The ample memory capacity supports features such as traffic segmentation, advanced firewall configurations, and a high number of concurrent devices, especially over WiFi 7, which allows for faster speeds and improved device management compared to previous wireless standards. When compared to the UniFi Dream Router with WiFi 6, the newer model provides notable hardware enhancements. The older version includes a dual-core processor and 2GB of DDR4 memory, which are sufficient for many home networks but may struggle with more complex setups or environments with multiple high-bandwidth devices. The Dream Router 7’s additional CPU cores and larger memory capacity ensure better scalability and smoother performance when running advanced networking tasks or handling a larger number of connected devices. This makes the newer model more suitable for users with high-performance requirements or future-proofing in mind.

Feature

UniFi Dream Router 7

UniFi Dream Router (WiFi 6)

Processor

Quad-Core ARM Cortex-A53, 1.5GHz

Dual-Core Processor

Memory

3GB DDR4

2GB DDR4

WiFi Standard

WiFi 7 (802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax/be)

WiFi 6 (802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax)

MIMO Configuration

2×2 (2.4GHz, 5GHz, 6GHz)

2×2 (2.4GHz, 5GHz)

Max Throughput

2.4GHz: 688Mbps

5GHz: 4.3Gbps

6GHz: 5.7Gbps

2.4GHz: 600Mbps

5GHz: 2.4Gbps

LAN Ports

3x 2.5GbE (1 PoE)

4x 1GbE

WAN Port

1x 2.5GbE / 1x 10GbE SFP+

1x 1GbE

Storage

64GB SD Card (included)

No pre-installed storage

The improvements in the UniFi Dream Router 7 align with the growing needs of users who demand robust network performance, advanced features, and support for emerging technologies like WiFi 7. Its enhanced CPU and memory configuration allows for better multitasking, improved throughput, and reliable operation in demanding environments. These hardware upgrades ensure the router is capable of handling both current and future network demands efficiently.

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – Software and Controls

Realistically, no one should be spending inordinate amounts of time using the software that your router arrives with – that’s just a simple fact. Indeed, you want you router (or any network appliance) to just do it’s job! Therefore talking about just how good the UniFi network software is, and how the UniFi Dream Router 7 capitalized on it, is going get a mixed reaction depending on your own level of network knowledge and custom requirements. I will say straight away though that you will really, REALLY struggle to find a more capable and flexible router software at this price point. You will struggle to find ANY setting, config, adjustable parameter of control measure not included with the UDR7. First off, there is the mobile application. As the UDR7 hosts the UniFi network software, ALOT of the iOS and Android official UniFi applications are supported by the UDR7.

Firs time setup of the router using the mobile application (you can use a desktop machine with your web browser if you prefer of course) is incredibly straight forward. The Router can be found via the local area network or Bluetooth within 2 minutes of it’s first power-on. One big misconception (I was guilt of this too a while back) was that you have to register a UI.com account online in order to use UniFi appliances. This is NOT true. You can set the device up without a UI account (and even WITHOUT an internet connection) and doing so just needs to you create a local administrator account. It is recommended to use a UI account of course, as it allowed for easier comms and access for your larger Unifi network, but it is by no means compulsory. You can also create a system backup (with your config data of users, settings, SSIDs, etc) and backup online if you choose – and then easier pull this backup if you wish during initialization easily.

Upon creating local credentials or resisting an online account, the router performs an initial internet performance test and then goes about setting up your router. Much like other recent UniFi releases, the system has a ‘gamer’ style installation screen that shows tips and guides on how to get the most out of your router – very rare in a router I will say.

The setup process takes around 2-3 minutes and after that, you have pretty much FULL control and access to the Router’s configuration from your mobile phone. You can definitely tell that UNiFi have put the hours in with regard to the UX of the mobile application. Routers (and switches for that matter) are NOT easy systems to try and simplify – let along ocndence in a compact mobile UI. However they really have excelled in the latest version of their software.

Management of individual devices on the network are all presented intuitively in the app, and alongside their position/priority/bandwidth/consumption being presented, you can also use the app to institute controls and rules for 1, some or all devices on the fly – with instant implementation. Again, it’s no the fact that you can ‘do’ this that I am impressed by, it is the ease and intuitive way it is presented in a mobile app.

The same applies to the physical connections and wireless connections on the UDR7 itself, with full remote control with the app to bridge, negotiate, failover, vLAN, disable, etc any port easily – as well as create new SSIDs, assign channels and push client devices around on the router side in 3-4 clicks. All of this is performed responsively and easily in the app.

On the subject of client devices, let’s discuss that WiFi 7 support. WiFi 7 opens up ALOT of performance and general bandwidth advantages. WiFi routers and client devices have been around now for around 10-12 months, as well as the increase in availability globally of greater than Gigabit internet services. Most internet service providers have already a router with their services – but not many provide WiFi 7 routers with their services, even at greater than gigabit speeds. So, what is the advantage? For the quicker (ish) version, watch my video below.

Now, you might well not have any devices right now that are WiFi 7, but plan on upgrading to WiFi 7 at some point in the further over a PCIe upgrade card. Even if you are using a system that lacks a PCIe upgrade clot, you can get small m.2 upgrade cards for a WiFi 7 / 802.11be upgrade for as little as $15-20 here. Hell, you do not even need to open up your system, as you can now get WiFi 7 to USB adapter upgrades for as little as $25-30, which is exactly what used when testing the router with my Windows 11 laptop for the earlier testing of the UDR7.

The USB-to-WiFi 7 Adapter I used in my testing of the UDR7 was this one HERE on Aliexpress.

This USB to WiFi 7 adapter allowed for immediate 802.11be connectivity between my laptop and the UniFi Dream Router 7, over the now available 6Ghz band. Although there is more to WiFi 7 and this router than just that additional frequency. tHE udr7 SUPPORTS 2.4Ghz and 5ghz (just like all WiFi 6 and 6E routers), but crucially alongside the 6Ghz band allowing for more active concurrent connections, you are also able to take advantage of 320Mhz bandwidth (till now WiFi 6/6E only allowed for up to the 160Mhz connections). This means that you have a greater bandwidth per connection – though you can only have a finite amount of connections at 320Mhz at once. This is COMBINED with WiFi allowing for overlapping connections too and 1 device enjoying multiple connections at once.

This means that not only can you match the speed of a normal wired gigabit connection, but you can ABSOLUTELY SMASH IT! As you can see below, using this USB adapter on my regular windows laptop, connecting to the UniFi Dream Router 7 over the 6Hz band – I was able to hit 2.8Gb/s wireless connectivity!!! That is even faster than using one of the physical 2.5GbE connections on the UDR7.

It’s worth remembering though that WiFi 7 is NOT perfect and although it presents a lot of benefits for bandwidth improvements, reduced latency and increased encryption options, support of the wider frequencies and abilities of a larger WiFi 7 populated network are still a little ‘early days’.

By that, I mean that although you can hit high performance with 320Mhz connections, the actual radio frequency opened up right now (depending on your region) is pretty slim. The UDR7 router DOES show you the full radio spectrum, separated dynamically with each 20/40/80/160/320Mhz block that is spread across 2.4/5/6Ghz – but ALOT of it is still unavailable to use in many regions.

These limitations are likely going to reduce over time and, therefore you have to look at a decent % of the WiFi capabilities of the UniFi Dream Router 7 as ‘future proofing’ – but just keep in mind that although you can deploy ALOT of wireless (and wired) devices in a UDR7 managed environment, those peak 802.11be/WiFi 7 bandwidth improvements are going to be shared only by a few client devices – in reality the real benefits are going to be felt with the opening up of the 6Ghz frequency allowing for more devices to be spread over all three frequencies and bands at 80/160Mhz.

Anotehr note to keep in mind is that the 6Ghz band has a shorter area of effect than 5Ghz (which likewise has a shorter area than WiFi 5). So WiFi7 is at it’s best in closer proximity without walls – more as a cable alternative if you are in the same areas as your UniFi router. But when I connected to a 10GbE NAS (connected to the 10GbE port of my UDR7), I was able to hit 187MB/s write easily (though read performance was oddly inconsistent – possibly related to the NAS, still investigating – TBC) in CrystalDiskMark.

Likewise, similar testing with the WiFi 7 USB Adapter, through the UDR7 and at the 10GbE connected NAS hit 260MB/s+ easily. Once again, I would have easily respected this if I had been connecting with the NAS using the 2.5GbE ports – but I am hugely impressed that I was able to hit this benchmark over a WiFi connection (thanks to that 2.8Gbps 6Ghz setup). Respect!

Additionally it is very easy to monitor the position, WiFi coverage, Channel and performance of any device connected to the UDR7 controller software. Also allowing you to create rules o the fly to automatically manage them later as/when devices arrive.

These same controls also extend all the way down to the ISP input of the UDR7 AND IF YOU HAVE MULTIPLE uNIfI AP/Nodses in your setup, can control how/where bandwidth is allocated and the priority of devices/nodes that are unique to your own deployment.

The dashboard features a grouped UI and analytics overview that allows you to see the price traffic that is going into a physical LAN, grouped VLAN or just a single devices on the network – allowing you to see the sites/services/geo data in real time too!

And likewise as before, you can extent these analytics all the way to the root UDR7 router to see EVERYTHING happening in realtime in your network and internet connectivity.

Blacklisting (and whitelisting occasionally) or certain websites is also easy to action manually when needed too – or you can import an existing database of ‘bad’ site lists directly into the UDR7 to simplify the process.

Once rules, priorities, orders of services and limits have been created, you can then apply them to individual devices, networks, groups, vLANS, etc – even to a physical LAN port if needed. These rules are completely customizable and if 1 parameter is changed on the fly, it immediately actions across all selected devices.

It’s also worth highlighting that UniFi has its own enterprise user identity service (‘Identity Endpoint’) that you can apply to devices if you want to ensure that connected devices on the LAN or WAN are truly secure (client auth tools on each device) and this extends to the VPN and UniFi network client device access too.

I also should stress that although the UDR7 seems like a very, VERY proprietary router – UniFi do NOT lock you into having to create an account with them or use only their services. You can set the system up for LOCAL ONLY management and control if you choose. Or even hybrid the two and create 1 secure ‘Identity Endpoint sys admin’, but others are ‘local’ only – nice balance tbh.

And new users (super user or billy basic!) can be created, modified and deleted at any time!

Control and configuration of the UDR7 are very straight forward and there are pretty high end configuration options in the backend of the system to control both the local network setup, as well as WiFi connectivity out the box (or added later in the case of systems like the UCG Fiber via the U7/U7 Pro/U6).

And professional SI’s/Technicians can set the system to ‘truly open’ if they wish, and this can be securely controlled as needed. This allows for opening up frequencies in the case of a WiFi setup down the road and advanced settings related to antenna gain/adaption.

The system configuration and control are surprisingly extensive for a $279 router and puts it well, well into the realms of an enterprise-grade solution, despite its Prosumer/SMB price point.

Unsurprisingly, the UDR7 has internet speed test tools (either using the native web browser GUI or the WiFiman application for Android/iOS).

But its goes further, with the ability to monitor the packet management in your network (covered earlier) to such as extent that you can even block the server calls to specific sites/vendors that are going through the UniFi manager and block them SPECIFICALLY. Eg, want to keep google services, but NOT YouTube (either for work/professional reasons, or because of your kids homework deadline?) – you can do that REALLY easily.

And you can apply these rules easily and analytics with ease via the topographical network monitoring window. So you can visually see the devices in the network, then apply the rules, in case a new device gets sneakily added to circumnavigate any limits/restricts in palce.

And if you see a sudden spike in internet use, you can (in seconds) isolate the device that is causing it AND see what it is – allowing yo to block/monitor as needed.

Equally, you can set some pretty extensive security provisions to pre-emptively kick in when an unknown device arrives on the scene, or if an existing device in the network begins to be suspicious.

The same goes for creating day 1/100 rules for port forwarding, traffic management and Firewall rules. All of this is HUGELY customizable and most pages in the UniFi GUI feature both ‘simple/easy’ views, as well as much more complex advanced views as needed at the top of each page.

The multiple LAN ports can also be scaled up/down as needed if your existing network is not quite ready for the full network connectivity of the UDR7 too.

And thanks to the UDR7 featuring multiple WAN ports, you can decide how you want to handle multiple ISP services into your home/business, to separate/combine/balance between them with ease across your connected devices.

Additionally, each WAN port can be adjusted to a ‘WAN’ or ‘LAN’ roles as needed – even disabled. So, whether it is as a failover internet connection, or that you want to free up that 10GbE port for use as a LAN – The choice is yours!

Also, as mentioned earlier, as the system supported internal storage via the slot, you can go ahead and run UniFi Protect surveillance software too – as well as as an additional switch to the available LAN ports, for cameras or add a camera to the POE port.

There are actually several different surveillance, communications, display or smart appliances in the UniFi portfolio that can be installed on the internet storage drive + also means you have more scope for that POE ready port.

It gets to a point (perhaps) that there are TOO many security and configuration options, and people looking for just a router to ‘just do it’s job’ will be somewhat overwhelmed. Most of the important settings are already set pretty well, but I never the less recommend first time buyers take the time to explore the configuration options present in order to better understand what they are buying here in terms of it’s abilities to protect your network and internet services.

This extends right the way down to the more advanced prevention and intrusion protection measures (Dark Web blocking too). Again, pretty advanced for many, but take the time to look through them if you purchase the UDR7.

And if in doubt, you can use the UniFi Teleport VPN service to anonymize your site-to-site exchanges (again, very ‘first party’ and more about SD-WAN level stuff, but does form part of the purchase here).

Also, keep in mind that the UDR7 has the option to create Airgaps in it’s wired network AND WiFi connectivity (if you want to add that) that allows you to create automated access times – especially useful for businesses who want to lock down access outside of the usual 9-5 operational hours.

If you want to use WiFi services, yo can create multiple SSIDs of varying degrees of access – and yes, all the controls on security, speed, antenna, frequency, vLAN, etc are all present here too.

When creating those VLANS, you can add specific physical ports, IDs, WiFi APs etc to that vLAN to segregate your network as securely as possible.

And from there you can adjust the vLAN configuration in terms of it’s smooth operation and security directly from the network management panel (as well as view all active vLANS on one page if needed to see how they interact/clash + show each device you have moved in/out of them easily.

And again, all packet management/monitoring are available within the vLAN if you need.

If this all sounds tremendously intimidating, there is a much, MUCH easier 1 panel view in the ‘Insights’ tab that just shows each current network branch and it’s connections/clients in a list format.

Not good enough? How about a global view that shows the data packet exchange in real time with regard to each region (i.e worried that your data is being harvested to an overseas location, this will show you which countries are currently connected with on your UDR7 for upload/download (websites? server? It’s easy to check and find out here!).

Bottom line – the bulk of the UniFi Control Software here is available on the majority of UniFi Router, Express, Cloud Gateway and Dream Machine devices – but the EXTENT to which you can use it is heavily dependent on the device you buy. In the case of the UDR7, you have a fantastic balance of Day 1 control sure, but you have an even better management and scalability on the system for when your ISP services double/triple, as well as the number of devices in your network expand.

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – Conclusion and Verdict

The UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR 7) is a well-rounded offering that brings WiFi 7 connectivity, multi-gig networking, and UniFi’s robust software ecosystem into a single package. Its combination of 2.5GbE LAN ports, a 10GbE SFP+ WAN/LAN port, and built-in UniFi network management tools make it a compelling option for users looking to future-proof their network without stepping into enterprise pricing. Features such as VLAN segmentation, VPN support, and content filtering provide a high level of customization for both home and small business users. However, the router’s design choices—such as the removal of an additional PoE port from its predecessor—may limit its appeal for those heavily invested in UniFi’s surveillance ecosystem.

While the UDR 7 shines in many areas, it is not without drawbacks. The router’s software, while feature-rich and highly configurable, may be overwhelming for users who simply want a plug-and-play experience. The reliance on UniFi’s ecosystem means that those who prefer third-party integrations may not fully benefit from its capabilities. Additionally, despite its strong WiFi 7 performance, the real-world benefits of the 6GHz band will depend on device compatibility and regulatory limitations, which are still evolving. The absence of more detailed LED indicators and the reliance on a single PoE port may also be seen as minor inconveniences for users who expected more from this mid-range offering.

Overall, the UniFi Dream Router 7 offers an excellent balance of performance, features, and pricing, making it a solid choice for users looking to upgrade to WiFi 7 and multi-gig networking. Its strong hardware, extensive software options, and future-proofing potential make it a standout option in the sub-$300 price range. However, its best value is realized within a UniFi-centric network, and those seeking broader third-party compatibility or simpler setups may need to weigh their options carefully.

PROS CONS
  • WiFi 7 Support – Offers 2×2 6GHz connectivity with 320MHz channels, enabling faster speeds and lower latency.
  • Multi-Gig Networking – Includes three 2.5GbE LAN ports and a 10GbE SFP+ WAN/LAN port, making it highly future-proof.
  • Comprehensive UniFi Software – Provides robust network management features, including VLANs, QoS, IDS/IPS security, and VPN support.
  • Integrated UniFi Protect Support – Comes with a pre-installed 64GB WD Purple SD card, allowing local video storage for security cameras.
  • Flexible WAN/LAN Configurations – Supports dual WAN for failover or load balancing, or repurposing the 10GbE SFP+ port as LAN.
  • High Customization & Security – Offers advanced firewall controls, application-aware filtering, and in-depth traffic analytics.
  • User-Friendly Mobile App – Easy setup and management via the UniFi mobile app, with intuitive controls and real-time monitoring.
  • No UI.com Account Required – Can be set up locally without requiring an online UniFi account, providing more control over network privacy.
  • Limited PoE Support – Only includes one PoE-enabled 2.5GbE port, which may be a drawback for users looking to power multiple UniFi cameras or access points.
  • 6GHz Band Availability Varies by Region – While WiFi 7 delivers significant improvements, the 6GHz spectrum and 320MHz channels may not be fully available in all areas, limiting real-world performance.
  • Not the Most Budget-Friendly Option – Although competitively priced for a WiFi 7 router, there are still more cost-effective alternatives on the market, especially for users who don’t need UniFi’s ecosystem.

Where to Buy

UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) –  $279 HERE 

UniFi Express 7 (UX7) –$199 HERE 

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-FIBER) – $249 HERE

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

You DO NOT Need a NAS – Here is Why

Par : Rob Andrews
24 février 2025 à 18:00

Why NAS Drives are NOT for Everyone – 5 Reasons You Do Not Need a NAS

Network Attached Storage (NAS) is often promoted as the ideal solution for data management, offering advantages like local control, redundancy, and flexible access. However, while NAS has many benefits, it is not the right choice for everyone. Depending on individual needs, alternatives such as cloud storage or Direct-Attached Storage (DAS) may provide a simpler, more cost-effective, or more practical solution. This article explores five key reasons why a NAS may not be the best choice for certain users. From the convenience of cloud storage to the high upfront costs of NAS devices, we will break down the potential drawbacks and alternative solutions that might better fit specific use cases. Understanding these factors can help users make an informed decision about their storage needs.

Disclaimer – NAS devices provide a robust and flexible storage solution, but they are not necessary for all users. Those with simpler storage needs—such as single-device backups or direct file access—may find that a Direct-Attached Storage (DAS) device better meets their requirements. External hard drives and SSDs offer straightforward, cost-effective alternatives without the complexity of network management. Cloud storage remains a convenient and accessible option, particularly for those who need remote access without dealing with hardware setup. While it comes with long-term costs and data security considerations, cloud services offer ease of use and automation that may be preferable for some users. Additionally, a hybrid NAS and cloud approach can provide the best of both worlds, allowing users to maintain local storage while leveraging cloud redundancy for added backup security and accessibility. Choosing the right storage solution depends on specific use cases, technical expertise, and long-term data management goals.


1. The Convenience of Cloud Storage is Unquestionable

One of the primary reasons a NAS may not be necessary for some users is the convenience of cloud storage. Services like Google Drive, Dropbox, OneDrive, and iCloud offer instant accessibility, making it easy to store, sync, and retrieve files from any internet-connected device. Unlike NAS, which requires setup, configuration, and ongoing maintenance, cloud storage is designed to be user-friendly. Users can simply sign up, upload files, and access them from anywhere, without needing to worry about network configurations, remote access tunnels, or firewall adjustments. This simplicity makes cloud storage an appealing option for users who want a hassle-free experience without managing hardware.

Beyond ease of use, cloud services are also optimized for redundancy and failover protection, ensuring that data remains safe and accessible even if hardware failures occur on the provider’s end. Large-scale cloud platforms have multiple data centers worldwide, meaning that even in the event of a regional outage, files remain available from alternative locations. Cloud storage is particularly advantageous for those who travel frequently or work remotely, as accessing a NAS over the internet can introduce latency, security challenges, and connectivity issues. For example, transferring large files to a NAS while on the road may require complex VPN configurations and reliable internet access, whereas cloud storage offers seamless access without any additional setup. This makes cloud storage a more practical choice for users who prioritize mobility and convenience over local ownership.

Example of the complexity of a NAS to Cloud Sync:


2. Simplicity of Direct-Attached Storage (DAS) for Single Users vs NAS is Indisputable

For individuals who primarily work from a single device, a NAS may be unnecessary and even overcomplicated. A Direct-Attached Storage (DAS) device—such as an external hard drive, SSD, or even a RAID-configured DAS—provides a more straightforward and often more cost-effective solution. Unlike NAS, which requires a network connection and some level of system administration, a DAS device simply connects directly to a computer via USB, Thunderbolt, or eSATA and is ready to use instantly. This plug-and-play functionality makes DAS ideal for users who just need additional storage or a backup solution without any complexity.

DAS also offers direct hardware integration with professional applications, making it a preferred choice for photographers, video editors, and graphic designers. Many creative professionals rely on high-speed DAS devices because they provide lower latency and faster data transfer rates than a network-based NAS. A high-speed Thunderbolt RAID array, for example, can provide much faster read and write speeds than a NAS connected via 1GbE or even 2.5GbE networking. Additionally, for users who need to transfer large amounts of data quickly, physically shipping an external drive remains a viable and often faster option than uploading terabytes of data to a NAS remotely. If a user primarily works from one computer and does not need network-based file access, a DAS setup can be a much more practical and efficient choice than investing in a NAS.


3. Cloud and DAS = Lower Power Consumption and Long-Term Operating Costs

One often overlooked factor when deciding on a NAS is its ongoing power consumption. Unlike DAS devices, which only require power when in use, a NAS typically runs 24/7, constantly consuming electricity even when idle. While modern NAS devices offer power-saving features such as scheduled shutdowns and sleep modes, they still draw more power than a simple external hard drive. This can be a concern for users in areas with high electricity costs, those who live in mobile homes, or people who rely on solar or backup power sources. Over the course of a year, the difference in power consumption between a NAS and a simple external drive can add up, making it an important consideration for budget-conscious users.

Example of Power Consumption of a 6-Bay NAS with 6x HDD and 2x SSD (Intel N305 i3 CPU):

Beyond electricity costs, there’s also the issue of long-term maintenance. Hard drives inside a NAS are designed to run continuously, meaning they wear out faster compared to drives that are powered on only when needed. Each mechanical hard drive has a limited number of operational hours before failure becomes more likely. In contrast, an external hard drive that is only used periodically for backups can last much longer. Additionally, NAS devices require ongoing software updates, security patches, and general monitoring to function optimally. For users who do not want to deal with the responsibility of maintaining a dedicated storage system, a NAS may be more trouble than it’s worth, especially when compared to simpler alternatives like external hard drives or cloud storage.

Example of Noise Level of a 4x HDD and 2x SSD NAS (Lincstation S1 NAS):


4. Cloud Mean Avoiding Vendor Lock-in and Data Migration Challenges

NAS systems operate as full-fledged computing devices with their own proprietary operating systems, which can make migrating data between different NAS brands or platforms a challenge. For example, if a user sets up a Synology NAS and later wants to switch to a QNAP or another brand, they may encounter significant roadblocks in moving their existing file structures, metadata, and system settings. Unlike traditional external storage solutions that use universal formats like NTFS, exFAT, or APFS, NAS devices often use specialized file systems optimized for their specific ecosystems. This means that simply swapping out drives between NAS brands is not always possible without extensive data transfers and reconfigurations.

In contrast, DAS devices and cloud storage solutions provide more flexibility for users who may need to migrate their data in the future. A USB hard drive can be connected to any computer with minimal effort, and cloud services typically offer built-in tools to migrate data between providers. Additionally, NAS users often rely on specific applications and configurations tied to their system, making it more difficult to transition to a different storage solution later. While there are workarounds—such as using standard file transfer protocols like SMB or FTP—these solutions require extra time and effort, which may not be practical for users who need a simple and easily portable storage option. For those who value long-term flexibility, avoiding NAS vendor lock-in may be a more prudent choice.


5. NAS = High Initial Costs and Uncertain Return on Investment for Some

Perhaps the most significant reason some users should avoid a NAS is the cost. Compared to external storage solutions, NAS devices are considerably more expensive, especially when factoring in the price of both the NAS enclosure and the hard drives required to populate it. Even budget NAS devices start at a few hundred dollars, and higher-end models with advanced features can cost well over $1,000, not including the drives. When comparing cost per terabyte, NAS drives are generally more expensive than external USB drives due to their enhanced durability and NAS-optimized firmware. For users who do not need advanced features like RAID redundancy, Docker applications, or network-wide accessibility, the extra cost of a NAS may not be justifiable.

Beyond the initial purchase, users must also consider the long-term costs associated with NAS ownership. Hard drives wear out over time and will eventually need to be replaced, adding to the overall expense. Additionally, while NAS devices provide a wide range of powerful features, many users may not fully utilize them. If someone only needs basic storage and backup capabilities, a NAS might be an unnecessary investment, and they may be better off with a simple DAS setup or cloud-based storage solution. Before committing to a NAS, potential buyers should carefully evaluate whether they will take full advantage of its features or if a more affordable and straightforward alternative would better suit their needs.


While NAS devices offer powerful features and advantages for data management, they are not always the most practical option. For users who prioritize convenience, cloud storage may be a better fit. Those who work primarily from a single device may find a Direct-Attached Storage (DAS) setup more efficient. Additionally, factors such as power consumption, vendor lock-in, and long-term costs should all be carefully considered before investing in a NAS. Ultimately, the best storage solution depends on individual requirements. A NAS can be a great investment for those who need centralized, multi-user access and advanced functionality, but it is not the only option. Evaluating storage needs based on cost, performance, and ease of use will help determine whether a NAS is the right fit or if an alternative solution would be more suitable.

Recommended NAS Solutions Based on Data Storage Needs:

Budget NAS for a Family or Small Data Storage Solution – The Synology BeeStation 4TB

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

Synology has clearly done their homework on the development and presentation of the BeeStation private cloud. They are targeting a whole new audience with this system, and therefore, criticisms based on experiences with their other hardware are likely to fall on deaf ears. The BeeStation is probably one of the best middle grounds I have ever seen between an easy-to-use and exceptionally easy-to-set-up private cloud system, while still managing to provide smooth and seamless features for accessing and sharing your private cloud’s storage securely. Looking at this system with a more network-savvy microscope kind of defeats the point, and I’ve tried to be fair in my assessment. The lack of LAN access by default seems a little odd, and launching the BeeStation series in this single-bay, 4TB-only fashion may be a bit of a marketing misstep, but overall, what you’re seeing here is an effectively priced and scaled private cloud system. It’s a fantastic alternative to third-party clouds and existing simplified NAS systems. With many users keeping an eye on their budgets and tightening costs, Synology, known for its premium position in the market, had a challenge scaling down to this kind of user. However, I have to applaud Synology’s R&D for creating a simple and easy-to-use personal cloud solution that still carries a lot of their charm and great software reputation. It may not be as feature-rich as DSM, but BSM does exactly what it says it will do, and I think the target audience it’s designed for will enjoy the BeeStation a great deal!

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on B&H

Best Value Business NAS – The UniFi UNAS Pro 10GbE Rackmount

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

I feel like a bit of a broken record in this review, and I keep repeating the same two words in conjunction with the UniFi UNAS Pro—fundamentals and consistency! It’s pretty clear that UniFi has prioritized the need for this system to perfectly complement their existing UniFi ecosystem and make it a true part of their hardware portfolio. In doing so, it has resulted in them focusing considerably on the fundamental storage requirements of a NAS system and making sure that these are as good as they possibly can be out of the gate. To this end, I would say that UniFi has unquestionably succeeded. The cracks in the surface begin once you start comparing this system with other offerings in the market right now—which is inevitably what users are going to do and have been doing since the first indications of a UniFi NAS system were being rumored. It may seem tremendously unfair to compare the newly released UniFi NAS with solutions from vendors that have had more than 20 years of experience in this field, but for a business that wants to fully detach themselves from the cloud and wants true user-friendly but highly featured control of their network operations, comparison is inevitable!

 

 

A solid, reliable, and stable system that will inevitably grow into a significant part of most UniFi network users. The problem for many, however, is going to be how long it takes UniFi to reach that point where this system can be software competitive with its rivals. If you are a die-hard UniFi ecosystem user and you are looking for stable, familiar, easy-to-use, and single ecosystem personal/business storage, you are going to love everything about the UniFi UNAS Pro. But just be aware that this is a system that prioritizes storage and is seemingly at its best within an existing UniFi network architecture, and if removed from that network, you are going to find a system that at launch feels quite feature-light compared with alternatives in the market. Pricing for the system is surprisingly competitive, given its position as the launch NAS—unusual when you look at the pricing philosophy of numerous larger-scale systems like the UniFi Dream Machine and UNVR from the brand.

Hopefully, over time we are going to see UniFi build upon the solid fundamentals that they have designed here and create a more competitive solution on top of this. I have no doubt that UniFi will commit to software and security updates for this system, but it would be remiss of me to say that this is the best NAS solution for your network. Right now, it just happens to be the most user-friendly and most UniFi-ready one. Bottom line: this will probably tick a lot of boxes.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on UI.com (Official Site)

Best Value Content Creator NAS for Photo and Video EDITING – The Terramaster F4-424 Max

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

The TerraMaster F4-424 Max is a standout NAS system in TerraMaster’s lineup, offering impressive hardware specifications and solid performance at a price point of $899.99. For users who need high-speed data transfers, intensive compute power, and flexibility in storage configurations, the F4-424 Max is an excellent option. The combination of the Intel i5-1235U CPU, dual 10GbE ports, and PCIe Gen 4 NVMe support ensures that the NAS can handle even the most demanding tasks, whether it’s virtualization, media transcoding, or large-scale backups.

That said, when compared to the F4-424 Pro, which is priced at $699.99, the Max model offers significantly more networking power and potential for speed. However, the Pro model still provides fantastic performance for most home and small office users, making it a more budget-friendly alternative for those who don’t require 10GbE or advanced NVMe functionality.

In terms of software, Synology DSM and QNAP QTS are still more evolved, offering richer multimedia experiences and better integration for business applications. However, TOS 6 continues to improve with every iteration, closing the gap between TerraMaster and these larger players. With new features like TRAID, cloud sync, and improved snapshot management, TOS is becoming more user-friendly and robust. For users prioritizing performance, flexibility, and future-proofing, the F4-424 Max is a strong contender and offers excellent value for money. While there are areas where TerraMaster could improve, such as the lack of PCIe expansion and front-facing USB ports, the F4-424 Max delivers on its promise of high performance and scalable storage solutions.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on AliExpress

Best NAS for Photo and Video EDITING – The QNAP TVS-h874 / TVS-h874T

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

In summarizing the capabilities and potential of the QNAP TVS-h874T NAS, released as a late 2023 update to its predecessor, it’s clear that this system represents a significant leap forward in desktop NAS technology. Priced over £2500, it’s a substantial investment, designed with future-proofing in mind. The TVS-h874T not only maintains the longevity and high-end status of the TVS-h874 but also brings to the table enhanced direct data access through Thunderbolt 4 integration. This advancement, supporting IP over Thunderbolt protocol, significantly boosts connectivity and speed, making the system an ideal choice for demanding tasks such as 8K video editing and high-performance computing needs in business environments. However, the question of whether Thunderbolt NAS is the right fit for all users remains. For those requiring high-speed, multi-user access and scalability, the TVS-h874T is a strong contender. Its support for the latest PCIe 4 standards ensures compatibility with high-performance upgrades, reinforcing its position as a future-proof investment. The software, featuring QTS and QuTS, might require some acclimatization, particularly for those familiar with simpler systems like Synology’s DSM. Yet, the benefits, especially for ZFS enthusiasts, are undeniable, offering advanced RAID management and a plethora of applications and services.

The TVS-h874T’s stance on open hardware and software compatibility is a significant plus in an industry increasingly leaning towards proprietary systems. It accommodates a range of third-party hardware and software, adding to its versatility. In the face of growing concerns over NAS security, the system is well-equipped with comprehensive tools and settings for enhanced security and data protection, addressing the pressing issue of ransomware attacks. In conclusion, the QNAP TVS-h874T stands out as an exceptional choice for businesses and power users who require a robust, scalable, and secure NAS solution. It offers an excellent balance of price, performance, and features, making it a worthy investment for those seeking top-tier server-side capabilities. However, for users with simpler storage needs or those not requiring the advanced features of Thunderbolt NAS, traditional Thunderbolt DAS devices might be a more suitable and cost-effective option. The TVS-h874T, with its advanced capabilities, is undoubtedly a powerhouse in NAS technology, but its full benefits will be best realized by those whose requirements align closely with what this advanced system has to offer.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on B&H

Budget NAS for Multimedia / PLEX – The Terramaster F4-424 Pro

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

The TerraMaster F4-424 Pro NAS is a powerful 4-bay turnkey NAS system that offers competitive pricing and robust hardware. With its Intel i3 N300 CPU, 32GB DDR5 memory, and 2x M.2 NVMe SSD bays, it provides excellent performance for various tasks, including Plex media streaming and hardware transcoding. In terms of design, the F4-424 Pro features a sleek and modern chassis with improved cooling and hot-swapping capabilities. It represents a significant step forward in design compared to TerraMaster’s older 4-bay models, aligning more closely with industry leaders like Synology and QNAP. The addition of TOS 5 software brings significant improvements in GUI clarity, backup tools, storage configurations, and security features. However, the absence of 10GbE support and limited scalability in this regard might disappoint advanced users. Additionally, while the hardware exceeds Intel’s memory limitations, full utilization of the 32GB DDR5 memory is reliant on Terramaster’s own SODIMM modules, and this could be a limitation for some users. Overall, the TerraMaster F4-424 Pro NAS offers excellent value for its price, with competitive hardware and software features. It positions itself as a strong contender in the 4-bay NAS market, particularly for those looking for an affordable yet capable private server solution.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on B&H

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

You NEED A NAS – Time To Ditch the Cloud

Par : Rob Andrews
19 février 2025 à 18:00

You NEED A NAS Drive – And Here Is Why

In today’s digital world, data storage plays a crucial role in both personal and professional environments. Many individuals and businesses rely on cloud storage for convenience, but it’s not always the best option. While cloud services provide accessibility and automation, they come with limitations, including long-term costs, security concerns, and restrictions on data ownership. For those who value control over their files, a Network Attached Storage (NAS) device offers a compelling alternative. This article explores five key reasons why a NAS can be a better choice for data management compared to cloud storage. From total data ownership to long-term cost savings, we examine how NAS devices provide more flexibility, security, and performance for those looking to store and access their data efficiently.

Disclaimer!

While NAS devices offer significant advantages in terms of data ownership, security, and long-term cost efficiency, they are not the ideal solution for everyone. Users with simpler storage needs, such as those requiring direct, high-speed access to a single device, may find that a Direct Attached Storage (DAS) setup better suits their requirements without the additional complexity of network management.

Additionally, cloud storage remains a convenient and accessible option, particularly for those who need a quick and automated solution without the upfront cost of dedicated hardware. Cloud services provide seamless access from anywhere and can be a great short-term or supplementary storage method. For many users, a hybrid approach—combining NAS with cloud storage—strikes the right balance. This setup allows users to enjoy the accessibility of the cloud while benefiting from the control and security of a NAS, particularly when implementing structured backup routines. Each storage solution has its strengths, and the best choice depends on individual needs and use cases.


1. A NAS Server = Total Data Ownership

Owning a NAS (Network Attached Storage) means complete control over your data, something that cloud storage simply cannot provide. When you use cloud services, you are essentially handing over your files to a third party, entrusting them to manage and store your data. While this is convenient, it also introduces several risks, including data breaches, sudden policy changes, or service discontinuations. Many cloud providers state in their terms of service that they reserve the right to scan, analyze, or even remove content that violates their policies, which can be vague and subject to interpretation. A NAS eliminates this uncertainty by giving you full ownership—your data resides physically in your home or office, and no one but you determines what happens to it.

Beyond ownership, NAS systems offer better control over data distribution. You decide where backups are stored, how often they occur, and who has access. This is especially important for photographers, videographers, and businesses that require compliance with strict data protection regulations, such as GDPR or HIPAA. For example, a small business handling client records can store sensitive customer data on an encrypted NAS, ensuring compliance without relying on cloud providers that may store files in different jurisdictions. Another key advantage is preventing data from being used to train AI models or sold to advertisers—something that is an increasing concern with major tech companies. Owning a NAS ensures that your data is truly private, unmonitored, and secure from external influences.


2. A NAS Means Bespoke Security Settings

Cloud providers implement security measures, but these are designed for general use, meaning they cannot be customized to fit specific needs. While cloud services offer encryption, user authentication, and basic access controls, they often lack advanced security features that enterprises or tech-savvy users require. With a NAS, you can tailor security settings at a granular level, ensuring that only the right people can access specific files and folders. You can configure user authentication with two-factor authentication (2FA), enforce strict password policies, and even limit access based on IP addresses or device types. For example, you can allow a work computer to access files but block access from unknown mobile devices, significantly reducing the risk of unauthorized entry.

Additionally, NAS security extends beyond simple user access. If you integrate a NAS with a managed switch and firewall, you can create network segmentation, restricting access to only certain parts of your infrastructure. Air-gapping—a security practice that physically or digitally isolates a device from external networks—can be used to create periods where the NAS is completely inaccessible, making data leaks or cyberattacks virtually impossible. Scheduled access times add another layer of protection, ensuring that even if credentials are compromised, unauthorized users cannot gain entry outside of designated periods. NAS devices also provide real-time security alerts that can be customized to notify administrators about unusual activity, such as multiple failed login attempts, unauthorized file transfers, or new device connections. This kind of tailored security is simply not possible with generic cloud services, making a NAS the superior choice for those who prioritize privacy and control.


3. A NAS Can Mean True Deletion When Needed

Deleting data from cloud storage is not as straightforward as it seems. Most cloud services use a soft-delete approach, meaning that when you delete a file, it isn’t immediately erased. Instead, it is moved to a trash folder where it remains for 30 to 90 days before being automatically purged. Even after this period, many cloud providers create multiple copies of your files across their servers for redundancy, making it difficult to ensure that your data is completely gone. In some cases, metadata or indexed portions of your files may still exist within the provider’s infrastructure, and depending on the terms of service, your data may even be retained for analytics or AI training.

With a NAS, true deletion is possible because you have full control over your data. When you delete a file, it is removed from your storage pool, and if you want absolute certainty, you can use secure erasure tools to overwrite the data multiple times, making recovery impossible. Many NAS systems include built-in data-wiping features that follow Department of Defense (DoD) 5220.22-M standards, ensuring complete removal of sensitive information. For highly sensitive data, you can physically destroy storage drives—a practice commonly used by corporations and government agencies. Some companies specialize in secure drive destruction, ensuring that data cannot be recovered by any means. For personal use, simply reformatting or physically damaging a hard drive provides an additional layer of security. This level of control over data deletion is something that cloud storage cannot match, making NAS the ideal choice for those who need true data removal capabilities.


4. NAS vs Cloud = Cost Savings in the Long Term

At first glance, cloud storage seems like an affordable option. Many services offer free storage up to a certain limit, and paid plans start as low as a few dollars per month. However, the long-term costs can quickly add up. Subscription-based storage models require continuous payments, meaning that over several years, you could spend far more on cloud storage than you would on a one-time NAS purchase. Additionally, most cloud providers offer tiered pricing, meaning that as your storage needs grow, your monthly fees increase significantly. Businesses and content creators with terabytes of data often find themselves paying hundreds of dollars annually just to store their files.

Another hidden cost of cloud storage is data retrieval, known as egress fees. Many cloud providers limit how much data you can download within a given timeframe, and if you exceed this limit, you are charged extra. For example, Amazon S3 and Google Cloud charge egress fees that can quickly add up when transferring large amounts of data. In contrast, a NAS has no such limitations—once you own the device, you can access and transfer files as much as you want without paying additional fees.

If you plan to store data for more than three to five years, a NAS will almost always be the more cost-effective choice. Even budget NAS devices with included hard drives, such as the $199 models with 4TB of storage, offer better long-term value than many cloud subscriptions. Investing in a NAS early ensures that you avoid rising costs while maintaining full control over your data.


5. A NAS (Almost Always) Means Performance and Speed Benefits

Cloud storage is convenient for remote access, but it is heavily dependent on internet speeds, network congestion, and provider limitations. Upload and download speeds are constrained by your ISP, meaning that large file transfers can take hours or even days. Most cloud services also impose bandwidth limits or throttling policies, reducing transfer speeds during peak hours. For users who need fast access to large files—such as video editors, photographers, or IT professionals—cloud performance is simply not sufficient.

A NAS, on the other hand, offers significantly better performance, particularly for local access. Even basic NAS systems with gigabit Ethernet can achieve speeds of 100 MB/s (megabytes per second), far exceeding most cloud transfer rates. Higher-end models support 2.5GbE, 5GbE, or even 10GbE connections, allowing speeds of up to 1,000 MB/s—nearly 100 times faster than standard cloud storage. For example, a team of video editors working with 4K footage can stream and edit files directly from a NAS without any noticeable lag, something that would be impossible with cloud storage due to latency issues. NAS devices also support SSD caching, RAID configurations for redundancy, and multiple simultaneous users, ensuring high performance even under heavy workloads.

Another advantage of NAS is its ability to function as a local media server. Unlike cloud services that require constant internet access and may throttle streaming quality, a NAS can store and stream high-resolution content locally without buffering. This makes it ideal for home theaters, Plex servers, and shared family storage. Businesses can also benefit from NAS performance by hosting internal file-sharing platforms, reducing reliance on slow or expensive cloud-based collaboration tools. In short, NAS outperforms cloud storage in every aspect of speed and efficiency, making it the best choice for users who demand high-speed, reliable access to their files.


While cloud storage remains a popular choice, it is not without drawbacks. Issues such as long-term expenses, limited security customization, and potential data retention concerns make it less than ideal for users who require full control over their files. A NAS, by contrast, provides a dedicated, high-performance storage solution that allows users to take ownership of their data, manage access securely, and benefit from predictable costs over time. Ultimately, whether a NAS or cloud storage is the right choice depends on individual needs. Those looking for convenience and automatic backups may still find value in cloud services, while users who prioritize security, cost efficiency, and local performance will likely benefit from investing in a NAS. Understanding these differences can help individuals and businesses make informed decisions about their data storage strategy.

Recommended NAS Solutions Based on Data Storage Needs:

Budget NAS for a Family or Small Data Storage Solution – The Synology BeeStation 4TB

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

Synology has clearly done their homework on the development and presentation of the BeeStation private cloud. They are targeting a whole new audience with this system, and therefore, criticisms based on experiences with their other hardware are likely to fall on deaf ears. The BeeStation is probably one of the best middle grounds I have ever seen between an easy-to-use and exceptionally easy-to-set-up private cloud system, while still managing to provide smooth and seamless features for accessing and sharing your private cloud’s storage securely. Looking at this system with a more network-savvy microscope kind of defeats the point, and I’ve tried to be fair in my assessment. The lack of LAN access by default seems a little odd, and launching the BeeStation series in this single-bay, 4TB-only fashion may be a bit of a marketing misstep, but overall, what you’re seeing here is an effectively priced and scaled private cloud system. It’s a fantastic alternative to third-party clouds and existing simplified NAS systems. With many users keeping an eye on their budgets and tightening costs, Synology, known for its premium position in the market, had a challenge scaling down to this kind of user. However, I have to applaud Synology’s R&D for creating a simple and easy-to-use personal cloud solution that still carries a lot of their charm and great software reputation. It may not be as feature-rich as DSM, but BSM does exactly what it says it will do, and I think the target audience it’s designed for will enjoy the BeeStation a great deal!

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on B&H

Best Value Business NAS – The UniFi UNAS Pro 10GbE Rackmount

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

I feel like a bit of a broken record in this review, and I keep repeating the same two words in conjunction with the UniFi UNAS Pro—fundamentals and consistency! It’s pretty clear that UniFi has prioritized the need for this system to perfectly complement their existing UniFi ecosystem and make it a true part of their hardware portfolio. In doing so, it has resulted in them focusing considerably on the fundamental storage requirements of a NAS system and making sure that these are as good as they possibly can be out of the gate. To this end, I would say that UniFi has unquestionably succeeded. The cracks in the surface begin once you start comparing this system with other offerings in the market right now—which is inevitably what users are going to do and have been doing since the first indications of a UniFi NAS system were being rumored. It may seem tremendously unfair to compare the newly released UniFi NAS with solutions from vendors that have had more than 20 years of experience in this field, but for a business that wants to fully detach themselves from the cloud and wants true user-friendly but highly featured control of their network operations, comparison is inevitable!

 

 

A solid, reliable, and stable system that will inevitably grow into a significant part of most UniFi network users. The problem for many, however, is going to be how long it takes UniFi to reach that point where this system can be software competitive with its rivals. If you are a die-hard UniFi ecosystem user and you are looking for stable, familiar, easy-to-use, and single ecosystem personal/business storage, you are going to love everything about the UniFi UNAS Pro. But just be aware that this is a system that prioritizes storage and is seemingly at its best within an existing UniFi network architecture, and if removed from that network, you are going to find a system that at launch feels quite feature-light compared with alternatives in the market. Pricing for the system is surprisingly competitive, given its position as the launch NAS—unusual when you look at the pricing philosophy of numerous larger-scale systems like the UniFi Dream Machine and UNVR from the brand.

Hopefully, over time we are going to see UniFi build upon the solid fundamentals that they have designed here and create a more competitive solution on top of this. I have no doubt that UniFi will commit to software and security updates for this system, but it would be remiss of me to say that this is the best NAS solution for your network. Right now, it just happens to be the most user-friendly and most UniFi-ready one. Bottom line: this will probably tick a lot of boxes.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on UI.com (Official Site)

Best Value Content Creator NAS for Photo and Video EDITING – The Terramaster F4-424 Max

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

The TerraMaster F4-424 Max is a standout NAS system in TerraMaster’s lineup, offering impressive hardware specifications and solid performance at a price point of $899.99. For users who need high-speed data transfers, intensive compute power, and flexibility in storage configurations, the F4-424 Max is an excellent option. The combination of the Intel i5-1235U CPU, dual 10GbE ports, and PCIe Gen 4 NVMe support ensures that the NAS can handle even the most demanding tasks, whether it’s virtualization, media transcoding, or large-scale backups.

That said, when compared to the F4-424 Pro, which is priced at $699.99, the Max model offers significantly more networking power and potential for speed. However, the Pro model still provides fantastic performance for most home and small office users, making it a more budget-friendly alternative for those who don’t require 10GbE or advanced NVMe functionality.

In terms of software, Synology DSM and QNAP QTS are still more evolved, offering richer multimedia experiences and better integration for business applications. However, TOS 6 continues to improve with every iteration, closing the gap between TerraMaster and these larger players. With new features like TRAID, cloud sync, and improved snapshot management, TOS is becoming more user-friendly and robust. For users prioritizing performance, flexibility, and future-proofing, the F4-424 Max is a strong contender and offers excellent value for money. While there are areas where TerraMaster could improve, such as the lack of PCIe expansion and front-facing USB ports, the F4-424 Max delivers on its promise of high performance and scalable storage solutions.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on AliExpress

Best NAS for Photo and Video EDITING – The QNAP TVS-h874 / TVS-h874T

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

In summarizing the capabilities and potential of the QNAP TVS-h874T NAS, released as a late 2023 update to its predecessor, it’s clear that this system represents a significant leap forward in desktop NAS technology. Priced over £2500, it’s a substantial investment, designed with future-proofing in mind. The TVS-h874T not only maintains the longevity and high-end status of the TVS-h874 but also brings to the table enhanced direct data access through Thunderbolt 4 integration. This advancement, supporting IP over Thunderbolt protocol, significantly boosts connectivity and speed, making the system an ideal choice for demanding tasks such as 8K video editing and high-performance computing needs in business environments. However, the question of whether Thunderbolt NAS is the right fit for all users remains. For those requiring high-speed, multi-user access and scalability, the TVS-h874T is a strong contender. Its support for the latest PCIe 4 standards ensures compatibility with high-performance upgrades, reinforcing its position as a future-proof investment. The software, featuring QTS and QuTS, might require some acclimatization, particularly for those familiar with simpler systems like Synology’s DSM. Yet, the benefits, especially for ZFS enthusiasts, are undeniable, offering advanced RAID management and a plethora of applications and services.

The TVS-h874T’s stance on open hardware and software compatibility is a significant plus in an industry increasingly leaning towards proprietary systems. It accommodates a range of third-party hardware and software, adding to its versatility. In the face of growing concerns over NAS security, the system is well-equipped with comprehensive tools and settings for enhanced security and data protection, addressing the pressing issue of ransomware attacks. In conclusion, the QNAP TVS-h874T stands out as an exceptional choice for businesses and power users who require a robust, scalable, and secure NAS solution. It offers an excellent balance of price, performance, and features, making it a worthy investment for those seeking top-tier server-side capabilities. However, for users with simpler storage needs or those not requiring the advanced features of Thunderbolt NAS, traditional Thunderbolt DAS devices might be a more suitable and cost-effective option. The TVS-h874T, with its advanced capabilities, is undoubtedly a powerhouse in NAS technology, but its full benefits will be best realized by those whose requirements align closely with what this advanced system has to offer.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on B&H

Budget NAS for Multimedia / PLEX – The Terramaster F4-424 Pro

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

The TerraMaster F4-424 Pro NAS is a powerful 4-bay turnkey NAS system that offers competitive pricing and robust hardware. With its Intel i3 N300 CPU, 32GB DDR5 memory, and 2x M.2 NVMe SSD bays, it provides excellent performance for various tasks, including Plex media streaming and hardware transcoding. In terms of design, the F4-424 Pro features a sleek and modern chassis with improved cooling and hot-swapping capabilities. It represents a significant step forward in design compared to TerraMaster’s older 4-bay models, aligning more closely with industry leaders like Synology and QNAP. The addition of TOS 5 software brings significant improvements in GUI clarity, backup tools, storage configurations, and security features. However, the absence of 10GbE support and limited scalability in this regard might disappoint advanced users. Additionally, while the hardware exceeds Intel’s memory limitations, full utilization of the 32GB DDR5 memory is reliant on Terramaster’s own SODIMM modules, and this could be a limitation for some users. Overall, the TerraMaster F4-424 Pro NAS offers excellent value for its price, with competitive hardware and software features. It positions itself as a strong contender in the 4-bay NAS market, particularly for those looking for an affordable yet capable private server solution.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on B&H

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Not Getting 10GbE Speed? 20 Fixes and Solutions

Par : Rob Andrews
10 février 2025 à 18:00

20 Ways to Improve Your 10GbE Network Speeds

Upgrading to 10GbE networking should, in theory, allow you to achieve 1GB/s (1000MB/s) network speeds, unlocking ultra-fast data transfers for large files, backups, and high-performance applications. However, many users find that real-world performance falls far short of these expectations. Instead of the seamless, high-speed experience they anticipated, they encounter slower-than-expected speeds, inconsistent performance, and unexplained bottlenecks that limit throughput.

Whether you’re using a NAS, a 10GbE switch, or a direct PC-to-NAS connection, numerous factors can influence network performance. These can range from hardware limitations (such as underpowered CPUs, slow storage, or limited PCIe lanes) to misconfigured network settings (like incorrect MTU sizes, VLAN issues, or outdated drivers). Even the quality of your network cables and transceivers can play a crucial role in determining whether you’re getting the full 10GbE bandwidth or suffering from hidden bottlenecks.

In this guide, we’ll explore TWENTY common reasons why your 10GbE network might not be delivering full speeds, along with detailed fixes and optimizations for each issue. Each point is carefully explained, ensuring that you can identify, diagnose, and resolve the specific problems affecting your network performance. Whether you’re dealing with a NAS that isn’t reaching expected speeds, a 10GbE adapter that’s underperforming, or a switch that isn’t behaving as expected, this guide will help you troubleshoot step by step, so you can fully unlock the potential of your 10GbE network.


1. (Obvious one) Your Storage is Too Slow to Keep Up with 10GbE Speeds

The Problem:

One of the biggest misconceptions about 10GbE networking is that simply having a 10GbE network adapter means you will automatically get 1GB/s speeds. However, your actual storage performance is often the bottleneck. Most traditional hard drives (HDDs) have a sequential read/write speed of only 160-280MB/s, meaning that a single drive cannot fully saturate a 10GbE connection. Even with multiple HDDs in a RAID array, performance may still fall short of 1GB/s due to RAID overhead and the limitations of mechanical disks.

For example, if you have a 4-bay NAS with standard 7200RPM hard drives in RAID 5, you may only reach 500-600MB/s, which is half the potential of your 10GbE network. The situation gets worse if you are using RAID 6, as the additional parity calculations introduce a write performance penalty.

The Fix:

  • Switch to SSDs: If you need consistent 10GbE performance, you will need SSDs instead of HDDs. Even four SATA SSDs in RAID 5 can saturate a 10GbE connection (~1GB/s read/write).
  • Use NVMe Storage for Maximum Speeds: If your NAS supports NVMe SSDs, using them will provide 3-5GB/s speeds, which far exceeds 10GbE bandwidth.
  • Optimize RAID Configuration:
    • RAID 0 offers maximum speed, but no redundancy.
    • RAID 5 or RAID 10 is the best balance for speed and data protection.
    • RAID 6 is great for redundancy but can severely impact write performance.

How to Check Disk Speeds:

Run a disk speed test to verify if storage is the issue:

Windows (CrystalDiskMark)

  1. Download and install CrystalDiskMark.
  2. Select your storage volume (NAS drive, local SSD, etc.).
  3. Run a sequential read/write test.
  4. If speeds are below 1GB/s, your storage is the bottleneck.

Linux/macOS (dd Command)

dd if=/dev/zero of=/mnt/testfile bs=1G count=5 oflag=direct
  • This writes 5GB of data to test sequential write speeds.
  • Check the MB/s value after the test completes—if it’s below 1000MB/s, your storage is too slow.


2. Your SSDs or NVMe Drives Are Running at Lower PCIe Speeds

The Problem:

Even if your NAS or PC is using SSDs, you might not be getting full speeds due to PCIe lane limitations. Some NAS devices throttle M.2 NVMe SSDs to PCIe 3.0 x1 or x2, which caps speeds at 800-1600MB/s—not enough to fully saturate a 10GbE connection.

This issue is particularly common in budget-friendly NAS systems and motherboards where multiple M.2 slots share bandwidth with SATA ports or other PCIe devices. Even high-speed SSDs like the Samsung 980 Pro (7000MB/s rated speed) will be bottlenecked if placed in an underpowered slot.

The Fix:

  • Check PCIe Lane Assignments:
    • Some motherboards share PCIe lanes between M.2 slots and other components (e.g., GPU, SATA ports).
    • Move your NVMe SSD to a full x4 slot for maximum speed.

Linux/macOS (Check PCIe Speeds)

lspci -vvv | grep -i nvme
  • Look for PCIe x1 or PCIe x2—this means your SSDs are not running at full bandwidth.

Windows (Check with CrystalDiskInfo)

  1. Download CrystalDiskInfo.
  2. Look for the PCIe link speed in the SSD details.

If speeds are lower than expected, try moving the SSD to a different M.2 slot or checking BIOS settings to enable full PCIe bandwidth.


3. You’re Using DRAM-less SSDs (HMB-Only SSDs Can Throttle Speeds)

The Problem:

Not all SSDs are created equal. Some budget SSDs lack DRAM cache and instead rely on Host Memory Buffer (HMB), which offloads caching duties to system RAM. While this design helps reduce costs, it also means significantly lower sustained write performance.

For a single SSD, this might not be an issue, but in a RAID configuration, the problem worsens as multiple drives compete for system memory. DRAM-less SSDs also tend to overheat faster, leading to thermal throttling, further reducing performance.

The Fix:

  • Use SSDs with DRAM cache: High-performance SSDs like the Samsung 970 EVO, WD Black SN850, and Crucial P5 Plus have dedicated DRAM to prevent slowdowns.
  • Monitor SSD temperatures:
    • If SSDs are overheating (above 70°C), use heatsinks or active cooling.
  • Check SSD type in Windows:
    1. Open Device Manager → Expand Disk Drives.
    2. Search your SSD model online—if it lacks DRAM, it could be a performance bottleneck.


4. Your Switch is Not Actually 10GbE (Misleading Switch Descriptions)

The Problem:

Many users unknowingly purchase “10GbE” switches that only have limited 10GbE ports. Some switches advertise 10GbE speeds, but only one or two ports support it, while the rest run at 1GbE.

It’s also possible that your NAS or PC is plugged into a non-10GbE port, creating an invisible bottleneck.

The Fix:

  • Check the switch model’s specifications to confirm the number of true 10GbE ports.
  • Log into your switch’s admin panel and confirm the port speeds:
    • If using Netgear, Ubiquiti, or Cisco, log in and check the port status.
    • If using a managed switch, run the following command via SSH:
      show interfaces status
    • Look for 10G/10000M to confirm that the port is running at full speed.

Windows (Check Network Speed)

  1. Open Control Panel > Network and Sharing Center.
  2. Click on your 10GbE adapter → Check Speed (should show 10.0Gbps).

If your switch only has 1-2 ports at 10GbE, you may need to reconfigure your network layout or upgrade to a full 10GbE switch.


5. You’re Using the Wrong Ethernet Cables (Cat5e vs. Cat6/Cat7)

The Problem:

Not all Ethernet cables can handle 10GbE speeds over long distances. If you’re using Cat5e, performance drops significantly after 10 meters.

The Fix:

  • Use at least Cat6 for short runs (up to 30 meters).
  • Use Cat6a or Cat7 for long runs (30m+).
  • Inspect cables—cheap or old cables may not be rated for 10GbE.

How to Check Your Cable Type

  1. Look at the cable jacket—it should say Cat6, Cat6a, or Cat7.
  2. If the cable does not specify, assume it’s Cat5e and replace it.

If using fiber, make sure your SFP+ transceivers are rated for 10GbE—many cheap adapters are 1GbE only.


6. Your Network Adapter is Using the Wrong Driver or Firmware

The Problem:

Even if you have a 10GbE network adapter installed, outdated or incorrect drivers can limit speeds or cause inconsistent performance. Many network cards rely on manufacturer-specific drivers for optimal performance, but some operating systems may install generic drivers that lack key optimizations.

This issue is common with Intel, Mellanox, Broadcom, and Aquantia/AQC NICs—especially if they were installed manually or came pre-installed with a NAS or prebuilt server.

The Fix:

  1. Check your network adapter model:
    • Windows: Open Device Manager > Network Adapters and find your 10GbE NIC name.
    • Linux/macOS: Run the following command to list your installed NICs:
      lspci | grep Ethernet
  2. Update the driver manually:
    • Windows: Go to the manufacturer’s website (Intel, Broadcom, Mellanox, etc.) and download the latest driver.
    • Linux: Update using ethtool:
      sudo ethtool -i ethX # Replace ethX with your network interface
  3. Check and update NIC firmware: Some network cards require a firmware update for full 10GbE support. Many Aquantia NICs, for example, need firmware updates to fix link speed negotiation issues.
  4. Ensure your OS isn’t using a generic driver:
    • In Windows, open Device Manager, right-click the NIC, and select Properties > Driver. If it says Microsoft Generic Adapter, update it manually.
    • In Linux, check driver details with:
      ethtool -i ethX

      If the driver is a generic kernel driver, install the manufacturer’s official driver.


7. MTU (Jumbo Frames) is Not Set Correctly

The Problem:

By default, most network devices use a 1500-byte MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit). However, 10GbE networks can benefit from larger packet sizes (9000 bytes, known as Jumbo Frames). If one device has Jumbo Frames enabled but another doesn’t, packets get fragmented, leading to lower speeds, higher latency, and increased CPU usage.

The Fix:

  1. Enable Jumbo Frames (MTU 9000) on All Devices:
    • Windows:
      • Go to Control Panel > Network and Sharing Center > Change Adapter Settings.
      • Right-click your 10GbE adapter, select Properties > Configure > Advanced.
      • Set Jumbo Frame / MTU to 9000.
    • Linux/macOS:
      sudo ifconfig ethX mtu 9000
    • NAS:
      • Synology: Go to Control Panel > Network > Interfaces > Edit and set MTU to 9000.
      • QNAP: Go to Network & Virtual Switch > Interfaces > Jumbo Frames.
  2. Check MTU Settings on Your Switch:
    • If your switch does not support MTU 9000, disable Jumbo Frames or upgrade the switch.
  3. Verify MTU Configuration:
    • Run a ping test with large packets:
      ping -f -l 8972 NAS_IP

      If the packets fragment, MTU isn’t properly configured.


8. Your NAS or PC CPU is Too Weak to Handle 10GbE Traffic

The Problem:

Even if you have fast storage and a 10GbE adapter, a low-power CPU can bottleneck network performance. Many NAS devices use ARM-based or low-end Intel CPUs (e.g., Celeron, Atom, or N-series processors) that struggle to handle high-speed transfers, encryption, or multi-user traffic.

For example, some budget NAS units advertise 10GbE connectivity, but their CPU is too weak to push consistent 1GB/s speeds—especially if multiple users are accessing data simultaneously.

The Fix:

  • Check NAS CPU specs:
    • If your NAS has a quad-core ARM or low-end Intel CPU, it may not be capable of full 10GbE speeds.
  • Monitor CPU Usage:
    • Windows: Open Task Manager > Performance and check if the CPU is maxed out during transfers.
    • Linux/macOS: Use:
      top
  • Disable resource-heavy background tasks:
    • Stop or schedule RAID scrubbing, snapshots, virus scans, and indexing during off-hours.
  • Use an x86 NAS with a high-performance CPU:
    • Intel Core i3/i5, Ryzen, or Xeon-based NAS units handle 10GbE much better than Celeron/ARM-based models.


9. VLAN, QoS, or Network Prioritization is Throttling Your 10GbE Traffic

The Problem:

If you’re using a managed switch or router, incorrect VLAN (Virtual LAN) or QoS (Quality of Service) settings may be limiting your 10GbE speeds. Some switches automatically assign lower priority to high-bandwidth devices, throttling performance.

The Fix:

  1. Check VLAN settings:
    • If your 10GbE NAS or PC is in a VLAN with limited bandwidth, remove it from that VLAN or adjust the priority settings.
  2. Disable or Adjust QoS Settings:
    • Log into your switch’s admin panel and look for QoS (Quality of Service) settings.
    • If enabled, check if bandwidth limits are applied to your 10GbE ports.
    • In some switches (e.g., Ubiquiti, Netgear, Cisco), set QoS priority for 10GbE devices to “High”.
  3. Run a Speed Test Without VLAN or QoS:
    • Temporarily disable VLAN/QoS, then test file transfer speeds again.

If speeds improve, your VLAN/QoS settings were throttling your network.


10. Background Processes or Other Network Devices Are Consuming Bandwidth

The Problem:

If you’re not getting full 10GbE speeds, it’s possible that another device is using the NAS at the same time. Even if your PC or NAS seems idle, background tasks like cloud syncing, automated backups, Plex transcoding, or surveillance camera recording can consume CPU, storage I/O, and network bandwidth.

The Fix:

  1. Check if other devices are using the NAS:
    • Windows: Open Task Manager > Network and check if any background processes are consuming bandwidth.
    • Linux/macOS: Use:
      iftop -i ethX
    • On your NAS, check if:
      • Plex or media servers are streaming.
      • Security cameras are recording to the NAS.
      • Backups/snapshots are running in the background.
  2. Pause Background Tasks:
    • Temporarily disable cloud syncing, RAID scrubbing, and backups, then retest network speeds.
  3. Run an IPerf Network Speed Test:
    • Windows/Linux:
      • On NAS:
        iperf3 -s
      • On PC:
        iperf3 -c NAS_IP -P 4
    • If IPerf shows 1GB/s speeds but file transfers don’t, then background processes or storage limitations are the issue.


11. Your SFP+ Transceiver or Media Converter is Bottlenecking Performance

The Problem:

If you’re using SFP+ transceivers or fiber-to-RJ45 media converters, they might not be running at full 10GbE speeds. Many budget-friendly SFP+ modules are actually 1GbE-only or have compatibility issues with certain switches and NICs. Additionally, some fiber-to-copper converters (e.g., cheap third-party models) overheat quickly, leading to throttling and slow speeds.

The Fix:

  1. Check Your SFP+ Transceiver Rating:
    • Run the following command on a Linux-based NAS or switch:
      ethtool ethX
    • If the output shows 1000Mbps instead of 10000Mbps, your SFP+ module is not running at full speed.
  2. Use Verified SFP+ Modules:
    • Stick to brand-certified transceivers (e.g., Intel, Mellanox, Cisco, Ubiquiti, MikroTik).
    • Generic eBay/Amazon SFP+ transceivers may not properly negotiate at 10GbE.
  3. Check for Overheating:
    • Touch the transceiver—if it’s too hot to hold, it may be thermal throttling.
    • Consider active cooling (small heatsinks or airflow near the module).
  4. Verify Media Converters:
    • Some cheap SFP-to-RJ45 converters cap speeds at 5GbE or lower.
    • Try swapping the converter for a direct 10GbE-capable SFP+ transceiver.

12. Your PCIe Slot is Throttling Your 10GbE NIC

The Problem:

Your 10GbE network card (NIC) might be plugged into a PCIe slot that doesn’t provide full bandwidth. Some motherboards limit secondary PCIe slots to x1 or x2 speeds, which reduces network performance significantly.

For example:

  • A PCIe 2.0 x1 slot only supports 500MB/s, far below 10GbE speeds.
  • A PCIe 3.0 x4 slot is required for full 10GbE performance.

The Fix:

  1. Check PCIe Slot Assignment:
    • Windows: Use HWiNFO64 or Device Manager to check PCIe link speed.
    • Linux/macOS: Run:
      lspci -vvv | grep -i ethernet

      If it says PCIe x1, your NIC is bottlenecked.

  2. Move the 10GbE NIC to a Better Slot:
    • Use a PCIe 3.0/4.0 x4 or x8 slot for full bandwidth.
    • Avoid chipset-controlled PCIe slots, as they share bandwidth with SATA, USB, and other devices.
  3. Enable Full PCIe Speed in BIOS:
    • Go to BIOS > Advanced Settings > PCIe Configuration.
    • Set the slot to “Gen 3” or “Gen 4” (depending on your motherboard).


13. SMB or NFS Protocol Overhead is Slowing Transfers

The Problem:

If you’re transferring files over a mapped network drive (SMB/NFS), protocol overhead can reduce real-world speeds. Windows SMB, in particular, can limit large file transfers due to encryption, signing, or buffer settings.

The Fix:

  1. Enable SMB Multichannel for Faster Transfers (Windows):
    • Open PowerShell as Administrator and run:
      powershell
      Set-SmbClientConfiguration -EnableMultiChannel $true
    • This allows multiple TCP connections for higher throughput.
  2. Disable SMB Signing (If Safe to Do So):
    • Windows:
      powershell
      Set-SmbClientConfiguration -RequireSecuritySignature $false
    • Linux:
      Add the following line to /etc/fstab when mounting an SMB share:
      ini
      vers=3.0,seal=no
  3. Try NFS Instead of SMB (If Using Linux/macOS):
    • SMB can be slow for large sequential transfers.
    • NFS performs better for 10GbE direct-attached storage (NAS to PC).
  4. Use iSCSI for Direct Storage Access:
    • If your NAS supports iSCSI, mount an iSCSI target for block-level access, which can be much faster than SMB/NFS.

14. Your Router or Network Switch is Blocking Full Speeds

The Problem:

Many consumer-grade routers and switches have built-in traffic management features that can throttle high-speed connections. Even some high-end managed switches may have bandwidth limits, VLAN misconfigurations, or QoS settings that restrict speeds.

The Fix:

  1. Disable Traffic Shaping or QoS:
    • On a managed switch, log in and disable bandwidth limits on your 10GbE ports.
    • On a router, look for:
      • Smart QoS / Traffic Prioritization (disable it).
      • Bandwidth Limiting (set to unlimited).
  2. Check VLAN Configuration:
    • If your NAS and PC are in different VLANs, traffic might be routed through the main router, slowing speeds.
    • Move both devices into the same VLAN for direct 10GbE connectivity.
  3. Ensure Your Switch Supports Full 10GbE Throughput:
    • Some low-end 10GbE switches have an internal bandwidth cap.
    • Example: A switch with five 10GbE ports but only a 20Gbps internal backplane will throttle performance under heavy load.

15. Windows Power Management is Throttling Your 10GbE Card

The Problem:

Windows Power Management settings may be automatically throttling your 10GbE network adapter to save energy. This can cause inconsistent speeds and unexpected slowdowns.

The Fix:

  1. Disable Energy-Efficient Ethernet (EEE):
    • Open Device Manager → Expand Network Adapters → Right-click your 10GbE adapterProperties.
    • Under the Advanced tab, find “Energy-Efficient Ethernet” and set it to Disabled.
  2. Set Windows Power Plan to High Performance:
    • Open Control Panel > Power Options.
    • Select High Performance (or Ultimate Performance if available).
  3. Disable CPU Power Throttling:
    • Open PowerShell as Administrator and run:
      powershell
      powercfg -setactive SCHEME_MIN
    • This forces Windows to prioritize performance over power saving.
  4. Check for Interrupt Moderation & Adaptive Inter-Frame Spacing:
    • In Device Manager, under the Advanced tab of your 10GbE adapter, disable:
      • Interrupt Moderation
      • Adaptive Inter-Frame Spacing


16. Your NAS or PC is Routing Traffic Through the Wrong Network (Subnet Mismatch)

The Problem:

Even if you have a direct 10GbE connection between your NAS and PC, your operating system might still route traffic through a slower network interface (e.g., a 1GbE connection or even Wi-Fi). This can happen if your system prioritizes the wrong network adapter, or if your NAS and PC are on different subnets, causing traffic to be routed through a slower router or switch instead of using the direct 10GbE link.

For example:

  • Your NAS has two network interfaces:
    • 10GbE: 192.168.2.10
    • 1GbE: 192.168.1.10
  • Your PC has two interfaces:
    • 10GbE: 192.168.2.20
    • Wi-Fi: 192.168.1.50

If your PC is trying to reach the NAS using the 1GbE or Wi-Fi address, it may bypass the 10GbE connection entirely, leading to slow speeds.

The Fix:

  1. Ensure Both Devices Are on the Same Subnet
    • Assign both 10GbE interfaces an IP in the same range (e.g., 192.168.2.x).
    • Set the 1GbE and Wi-Fi interfaces to a different subnet (e.g., 192.168.1.x).
  2. Manually Set the 10GbE Network as the Preferred Route
    • Windows (CMD – Run as Administrator):
      powershell
      netsh interface ipv4 set interface "10GbE Adapter Name" metric=1
    • Linux/macOS:
      sudo ip route add 192.168.2.0/24 dev ethX metric 10
    • A lower metric prioritizes the 10GbE connection over slower networks.
  3. Check Active Routes to Ensure 10GbE is Being Used
    • Windows:
      powershell
      route print
    • Linux/macOS:
      ip route show
    • Look for 192.168.2.x going through the 10GbE adapter. If another network is being used, adjust the routing table.


17. Your SATA Controller is Bottlenecking Multiple Drives

The Problem:

Even if you have fast SSDs or multiple hard drives in RAID, the SATA controller inside your NAS or PC might be the bottleneck. Some budget NAS units and lower-end PC motherboards use cheap SATA controllers (e.g., JMicron, ASMedia, Marvel) that bottleneck total disk throughput.

For example:

  • Your NAS or PC has six SATA ports, but they are all routed through a single PCIe 2.0 x1 controller (which has a max bandwidth of 500MB/s).
  • Even though each SSD is capable of 500MB/s, the total throughput is capped by the controller’s bandwidth.

The Fix:

  1. Check the SATA Controller in Use:
    • Windows (Device Manager): Expand Storage Controllers and check the SATA controller manufacturer.
    • Linux/macOS:
      lspci | grep SATA
    • If you see JMicron, ASMedia, or Marvel, you might have a bandwidth-limited controller.
  2. Use an HBA (Host Bus Adapter) Instead
    • If your motherboard or NAS has limited SATA bandwidth, install a dedicated LSI/Broadcom HBA card (e.g., LSI 9211-8i, LSI 9300-8i) to get full-speed SATA connectivity.
  3. Check the SATA Backplane in NAS Enclosures
    • Some NAS enclosures have a shared SATA controller for all drives, limiting total speed.
    • If possible, upgrade to a NAS with multiple SATA controllers or use NVMe SSDs instead.

18. Your System’s TCP/IP Stack is Not Optimized for High-Speed Transfers

The Problem:

By default, most operating systems have conservative TCP settings that are optimized for 1GbE networks, but not for high-speed 10GbE connections. Without proper tuning, TCP window size, congestion control, and buffer settings can limit data transfer rates over high-bandwidth connections.

The Fix:

Windows: Optimize TCP Settings via PowerShell

  1. Enable TCP Window Auto-Tuning:
    powershell
    netsh int tcp set global autotuninglevel=normal
  2. Enable Receive Side Scaling (RSS) to Use Multiple CPU Cores:
    powershell
    Set-NetAdapterRss -Name "10GbE Adapter Name" -Enabled $true
  3. Increase TCP Receive Buffers:
    powershell
    netsh int tcp set global rss=enabled
    netsh int tcp set global ecncapability=disabled
    netsh int tcp set global chimney=enabled

Linux/macOS: Increase TCP Buffers

Edit /etc/sysctl.conf and add:

net.core.rmem_max = 67108864
net.core.wmem_max = 67108864
net.ipv4.tcp_rmem = 4096 87380 67108864
net.ipv4.tcp_wmem = 4096 65536 67108864

Then apply the changes:

sudo sysctl -p

19. Antivirus or Firewall Software is Interfering with Network Speeds

The Problem:

Many antivirus and firewall programs scan all incoming and outgoing network traffic, which can significantly slow down 10GbE speeds. Some intrusion prevention systems (IPS), such as those in Sophos, Norton, Bitdefender, and Windows Defender, can introduce latency and CPU overhead when processing large file transfers.

The Fix:

  1. Temporarily Disable Your Antivirus/Firewall and Run a File Transfer Test
    • If speeds improve, your security software is causing the slowdown.
  2. Whitelist Your NAS or 10GbE Connection in Security Software
    • Add your NAS IP address as an exclusion in your antivirus or firewall settings.
  3. Disable Real-Time Scanning for Large File Transfers
    • In Windows Defender:
      • Open Windows Security → Go to Virus & Threat Protection.
      • Under Exclusions, add your NAS drive or network adapter.
  4. Check for Router-Level Security Features
    • Some routers have Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) or Intrusion Prevention (IPS) enabled, which can slow down traffic.
    • Log into your router’s admin panel and disable unnecessary security features for local transfers.

20. Your Network is Experiencing Microburst Congestion (Overloaded Buffers)

The Problem:

Some 10GbE switches have limited packet buffers, causing microburst congestion when multiple devices transfer data simultaneously. This results in random slowdowns, packet loss, and jitter, even if total traffic is well below 10GbE capacity.

The Fix:

  1. Enable Flow Control on Your Switch
    • Log into the switch’s admin panel.
    • Enable 802.3x Flow Control on your 10GbE ports.
  2. Use a Higher-Quality Switch with Larger Buffers
    • Some cheap 10GbE switches have small packet buffers, leading to congestion.
    • Consider an enterprise-grade switch (e.g., Netgear XS716T, Cisco SG550X, Ubiquiti EdgeSwitch).
  3. Monitor Switch Traffic for Spikes
    • Use iftop or Wireshark to monitor packet loss or delays.
    • If needed, upgrade your switch to one with better buffering.


📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

 

GMKTec NucBox G9 NAS Review

Par : Rob Andrews
3 février 2025 à 18:00

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash NAS Review – Insane Value?

The GMKtec NucBox G9 represents the brand’s first attempt to transition from the mini PC market into the world of network-attached storage (NAS). This 4-bay, SSD-only system targets entry-level users and light workloads, offering affordability and versatility in a compact form factor. Designed as a hybrid between a mini PC and a NAS, the G9 comes with pre-installed dual operating systems—Windows 11 Pro and Ubuntu—and a range of features aimed at balancing performance, cost, and functionality.

At its core, the G9 is powered by Intel’s efficient N150 processor, a quad-core chip designed for low-power applications. Paired with 12GB of LPDDR5 memory, it’s clear the system isn’t intended for heavy-duty tasks but rather for home use, backups, and small-scale media hosting.

The reliance on M.2 NVMe SSDs rather than traditional hard drives results in silent operation and faster performance, albeit at a higher cost per terabyte.

While it offers an impressive range of connectivity options, the lack of 10GbE networking and its reliance on PCIe Gen 3 x2 lanes for storage performance may limit its appeal to users with more demanding needs. This review dives deep into the GMKtec NucBox G9 to explore its design, features, and performance, and determine whether it’s worth considering as an entry-level NAS.

GMKTec NucBox G9 NAS Review – Quick Conclusion / TL;DR

The GMKtec NucBox G9 is an affordable, compact NAS system that doubles as a mini PC. With support for up to 32TB of SSD storage across four M.2 NVMe slots, it’s designed for quiet and efficient operation. It’s powered by an Intel N150 processor and features dual 2.5GbE ports, multiple USB connections, and dual HDMI outputs. While the system is cost-effective, it has limitations in thermal management and external connectivity. This device is ideal for home users and small-scale setups that prioritize affordability and low noise over raw performance. However, the reliance on plastic for the chassis, lack of SSD heatsinks, and PCIe Gen 3 x2 lanes limit its appeal for heavy workloads. Users should also be prepared to configure third-party NAS software, as the pre-installed operating systems are not optimized for NAS-specific functionality. If you’re looking for an entry-level, SSD-only NAS with minimal noise and power consumption, the GMKtec NucBox G9 is a compelling option. However, power users or those requiring advanced features like 10GbE or robust thermal performance may find it restrictive. It’s a promising debut for GMKtec in the NAS market, but with room for improvement in future iterations.

BUILD QUALITY - 6/10
HARDWARE - 7/10
PERFORMANCE - 6/10
PRICE - 10/10
VALUE - 10/10


7.8
PROS
👍🏻Affordable starting price ($150-199 for base model).
👍🏻Compact and lightweight design, ideal for small spaces.
👍🏻Quiet operation, even under load, with low noise levels (👍🏻Dual 2.5GbE ports with reliable and consistent performance.
👍🏻Supports up to 32TB of SSD storage with four M.2 NVMe slots.
👍🏻Low power consumption (19–30W) for energy-efficient operation.
👍🏻Pre-installed dual operating systems (Windows 11 Pro and Ubuntu Linux).
👍🏻Versatile connectivity, including USB 3.2 Gen 2, USB-C, and HDMI outputs.
CONS
👎🏻PCIe Gen 3 x2 lanes limit the full potential of M.2 NVMe SSDs.
👎🏻Plastic chassis hinders effective heat dissipation.
👎🏻No included SSD heatsinks, leading to thermal throttling risks.
👎🏻Lack of 10GbE networking for higher-speed environments.
👎🏻Pre-installed operating systems are not optimized for NAS functionality.
👎🏻Non-upgradable 12GB LPDDR5 memory limits scalability.
👎🏻Not a true turnkey NAS solution; requires user configuration.
👎🏻Thermal performance under load is insufficient without additional cooling

Where to Buy? How Much?

Component Details
CPU Intel N150 (Quad-Core, 3.6GHz)
Memory 12GB LPDDR5-4800
Storage 4 x M.2 NVMe (PCIe Gen 3 x2)
Networking 2 x 2.5GbE LAN
Ports 3 x USB-A 3.2 Gen 2, 1 x USB-C (data & video), 1 x USB-C (power), 2 x HDMI (4K 60Hz)
Pre-Installed OS Windows 11 Pro, Ubuntu Linux
Power Consumption 19-30W
Chassis Material Plastic
Price Starting at $169 ($216 for 1TB SSD Model)

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash Review – Design

The GMKtec NucBox G9 features a compact, lightweight plastic chassis, which contributes to its affordability but comes with certain drawbacks. While the design is minimalistic and functional, the reliance on plastic for the panel covering the four M.2 NVMe slots raises concerns about thermal performance. Metal would have been a better choice to aid heat dissipation, particularly in an SSD-only system where temperatures can rise quickly under load.

Inside, the system accommodates up to four M.2 NVMe SSDs, each operating at PCIe Gen 3 x2 speeds. This configuration supports up to 32TB of total storage, providing flexibility for users with varying needs.

However, the Gen 3 x2 limitation caps throughput at 2GB/s per drive, which may bottleneck performance in high-demand scenarios. While the system can handle basic RAID configurations, its performance in RAID setups is limited by the hardware.

The absence of heatsinks for the SSDs is a notable oversight. Although pre-configured models with SSDs include basic heatsinks, users adding their own drives will need to invest in aftermarket cooling solutions. The plastic panel covering the storage bays further exacerbates heat dissipation challenges, as it traps heat rather than dispersing it effectively. This is really only noticeable when the system was a especially high use, but it did give me pause for thought. (Thermal test with HikMicro Mini v2 Thermal Camera on Amazon HERE )

Despite these limitations, the G9’s storage configuration is impressive for its price range. SSD-only setups ensure silent operation and faster performance compared to traditional hard drives, making it ideal for environments where noise and energy efficiency are priorities.

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash Review – Connections

The G9 offers a solid selection of connectivity options for a device in its class. It includes two 2.5GbE LAN ports, allowing users to link aggregate bandwidth or set up separate networks. During testing, these ports easily reached their full potential, delivering consistent performance for both independent and linked configurations. However, the absence of 10GbE networking may deter users with more demanding network requirements.

In addition to networking, the system provides four USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports—three Type-A and one Type-C—offering up to 10Gbps of data transfer per port. The USB-C port doubles as a video output, complementing the two HDMI 2.0 ports that support 4K resolution at 60Hz. These features make the G9 versatile for dual roles as a NAS and a lightweight desktop workstation.

Power input is handled via a dedicated USB-C port connected to an external 65W power supply. This compact power solution aligns with the G9’s low-power design, but it also means there’s no internal power redundancy, which might concern users deploying the device in mission-critical environments.

While the ports and connections are adequate for most use cases, the lack of expandability—such as PCIe slots for adding 10GbE or other features—limits its future-proofing. Users seeking advanced connectivity options may need to consider alternatives or rely on external adapters.

Where to Buy?

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash Review – Internal Hardware

The Intel N150 processor is the heart of the GMKtec NucBox G9. This quad-core chip operates at a base clock of 1GHz, with a boost clock of 3.6GHz. Designed for efficiency, it features a 6W TDP, making it well-suited for low-power applications like home NAS setups. While not a powerhouse, it handles light workloads effectively, including file sharing, backups, and media streaming.

Feature Details
Architecture Intel Twice Lake
Cores / Threads 4 Cores / 4 Threads
Base Clock Speed 1.0 GHz
Boost Clock Speed Up to 3.6 GHz
TDP (Thermal Design Power) 6W
Cache 6MB Intel Smart Cache
Memory Support LPDDR5-4800, DDR4-3200 (dual-channel)
Graphics Integrated Intel UHD Graphics
Graphics Frequency Up to 1.0 GHz
Max Display Resolution 4K @ 60Hz (via HDMI/DisplayPort)
PCIe Version Gen 3 (Up to 9 lanes)
Instruction Set 64-bit
Special Features Intel VT-x, VT-d, AES-NI, Intel Speed Shift
Manufacturing Process 10nm Intel Process
Release Date Q1 2025

Paired with 12GB of LPDDR5-4800 memory, the system offers a decent amount of RAM for its intended purposes. However, the memory is soldered onto the board, meaning it cannot be upgraded. This limitation may frustrate users who anticipate scaling up their usage over time. The LPDDR5 memory’s efficiency helps offset this drawback by delivering faster performance compared to older DDR4 standards.

Storage capabilities are impressive, with support for up to four M.2 NVMe drives. These slots operate at PCIe Gen 3 x2, which, while adequate for most entry-level NAS tasks, may bottleneck performance in more demanding scenarios.

The system’s internal hardware also includes an eMMC drive for the pre-installed operating systems, but its limited 64GB capacity may prompt many users to replace it or install a new OS on an M.2 SSD.

The hardware design prioritizes cost-efficiency, which is evident in the lack of ECC memory support and limited thermal management. While these decisions align with the device’s target audience, they reinforce its position as an entry-level solution rather than a high-performance NAS. In other words – KEEP YOUR EXPECTATIONS RELATIVE!!!

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash Review – Software

The G9 is marketed as a “dual-system” NAS, shipping with Windows 11 Pro and Ubuntu Linux pre-installed. This flexibility allows users to operate the device as a mini PC or a lightweight NAS out of the box. However, neither OS is tailored for NAS-specific functionality, and users seeking advanced features like RAID management or robust file sharing will need to install third-party software.

Popular NAS operating systems such as TrueNAS, Unraid, or OpenMediaVault are compatible with the G9, but they require manual installation and configuration. While this isn’t a deal-breaker, it may deter users unfamiliar with NAS software or those seeking a plug-and-play solution. Ubuntu, while functional, lacks the intuitive tools and features found in dedicated NAS systems.

The inclusion of a Windows 11 Pro license is a welcome addition for users who may want to use the device as a general-purpose PC. However, this feature feels somewhat misplaced in a NAS-focused product, as most users will likely replace the OS with something more suited to storage tasks. Additionally, the 64GB eMMC drive hosting the OS is insufficient for many use cases, necessitating an upgrade to an M.2 SSD.

Overall, the software experience is mixed. While the dual OS option adds versatility, the lack of NAS-specific tools and reliance on user-driven configuration highlight the device’s limitations as a turnkey NAS solution.

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash Review – Performance & Tests

In performance testing, the G9’s storage read speeds peaked at 1.4–1.5GB/s per drive, which is respectable for its hardware. Write speeds were less consistent, averaging 400–500MB/s under sustained load.

Interestingly (and still being checked into since this review was started), the system features multiple ASM1182e Gen 2 packet switches to carve up the downstream of the PCIe lanes internally (understandable for a modest CPU to require PCIe switches to allow for so many M.2s), but I suspect that THIS is why the write performance was so low. Still checking and will update ASAP here and/or in the video.

The dual 2.5GbE ports delivered solid external performance, easily saturating their bandwidth in both independent and aggregated configurations.

Thermal management proved to be a challenge. Without included SSD heatsinks and with a plastic panel covering the storage bays, temperatures rose quickly under load. Idle temperatures were manageable, but sustained use resulted in throttling, emphasizing the need for aftermarket cooling solutions. This is especially important for users planning to use the device in environments with higher ambient temperatures.

Noise levels were impressively low, even with all three fans running. During idle, the system operated nearly silently, while under load, noise levels remained below 40dB. Power consumption ranged from 19–20W at idle to 28–30W under load, making it an efficient option for users concerned about energy usage.

Overall, the G9 performs well for an entry-level system but struggles in scenarios requiring sustained performance. Its thermal limitations and PCIe bottlenecks make it better suited for light to moderate workloads rather than demanding applications.

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash Review – Conclusion & Verdict

The GMKtec NucBox G9 is an ambitious first step for the brand into the NAS market, blending elements of mini PCs with network-attached storage. Its compact, lightweight design, combined with the use of M.2 NVMe SSDs, makes it an efficient, quiet solution for home users or small-scale deployments. With a competitive starting price of $150-199 and dual operating systems pre-installed, it offers value for users who are comfortable setting up their own NAS software. The inclusion of dual 2.5GbE ports, multiple USB connections, and support for up to 32TB of SSD storage ensures it caters to a wide variety of use cases, from media hosting to backups. However, its reliance on plastic for the chassis and the absence of SSD heatsinks highlight thermal management as a weak point, making it less suitable for sustained or intensive workloads without additional investment in cooling solutions.

While the device performs well in basic NAS tasks, its hardware limitations, such as PCIe Gen 3 x2 slots and a non-upgradable memory configuration, may leave power users wanting more. The lack of 10GbE networking and limited built-in NAS software tools further cement its position as an entry-level system rather than a fully-featured solution. Ultimately, the NucBox G9 is a solid choice for users seeking an affordable, low-power NAS for quiet environments but less ideal for those with advanced needs or performance-intensive requirements. As a debut NAS product, it succeeds in offering value within its scope while leaving room for refinement in future iterations.

Pros Cons
Affordable starting price ($150-199 for base model) Limited to PCIe Gen 3 x2 lanes for M.2 NVMe slots
Compact and lightweight design Plastic chassis reduces thermal efficiency
Quiet operation, even under load No SSD heatsinks included
Dual 2.5GbE ports with solid performance Lacks 10GbE networking
Supports up to 32TB of SSD storage Pre-installed OS (Windows/Ubuntu) not NAS-optimized
Low power consumption (19–30W) Non-upgradable 12GB LPDDR5 memory
Pre-installed dual operating systems Not a true turnkey NAS solution
Flexible connectivity options (USB, HDMI, etc.) Thermal throttling under heavy loads
Where to Buy?
  • GmkTec G9 NAS (AliExpress) HERE
  • GMKTec NucBox G9 NAS (Amazon) HERE

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 
❌
❌